Case Studysf - 71700b

Product Catalogue
2009-05
Contents
1 Portable Instruments for Condition Monitoring
2 Continuous Monitoring Systems
3 Software
4 Shock Pulse Transducers, Adapters and Tools
5 Vibration Transducers and Transmitters
6 Accessories for Remote Monitoring
7 Cables, Connectors and Tools
8 Diagnostic Tools for Maintenance
9 Precut Shims
10 Instruments Approved for Potential Explosive Atmosphere
SPM Instrument AB • Box 504 • SE-645 25 Strängnäs • Sweden Technical data are subject to change without notice.
Tel +46 152 22500 • Fax +46 152 15075 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © SPM Instrument AB. 71700 B
1
1
Portable Instruments for
Condition Monitoring
Bearing Checker
BC100 15288 15287 15286 EAR12

15455
Bearing Checker is a portable instrument for fast and easy Bearing Checker measures shock pulses with a built-in
measurement of bearing condition in preventive mainte- probe and machine surface temperature with an infrared
nance. The instrument is push button controlled and basic sensor. The instrument can also be used as an electronic
measurement data are entered manually. stethoscope for detecting machine sound irregularities.
Technical data
Material, casing: ABS/PC Shock pulse measurement
Size: 158 x 62 x 30 mm Measurement technique: dBm/dBc, measuring range
(6.2 x 2.4 x 1.2 in) -9 to 90 dBsv, +3 dBsv
Weight: 185 g (6.5 ounces) including Transducer type: Built-in probe transducer
batteries
Keypad: Sealed membrane (silicone Temperature measurement
rubber) Temperature range: –10 to +185 °C (14 to +365 °F)
Display: Graphic monochrome, 64 x Resolution: 1 °C (1 °F)
128 pixels, LED backlight Transducer type: Thermopile Sensor TPS
Bearing condition Green, yellow and red light 334/3161, built-in contact free
indication: diodes IR-sensor
Measurement indication: Blue light diode Stethoscope
Power supply: 2 x 1.5 V AA batteries, alcaline Earphone mode: 8 level amplification
or rechargeable
Battery life: > 20 hours of normal use Article numbers
Operating temperature: 0 °C to +50 °C (32 °F to 122 °F) BC100 Bearing Checker, excl. batteries and accessories
Input connector: Lemo coaxial, for external
shock pulse transducers (probe Accessories
or quick connector) EAR12 Headphones with eardefenders
Output connector: 3.5 mm stereo mini plug for TRA73 External transducer with probe
headphones TRA74 Transducer with quick connector for adapters
General functions: Battery status display, trans- CAB52 Measuring cable, 1.5 m, Lemo - BNC slip-on
ducer line test, metric or Impe- 15286 Belt holder for external probe transducer
rial units of measurement, 15287 Belt case for accessories
language independent menus 15288 Protective cover with wrist strap
with symbols, storage of up to 15455 Protective cover with belt clip
10 measurement values
93363 Cable adapter, Lemo - BNC
93062 Cable adapter, BNC - TNC, plug-jack
Tel +46 152 22500 • Fax +46 152 15075 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2008-09. TD-249 B
Leonova™ Infinity – Platform
LEO801 15310
LEO802
14715 CAS16
LeonovaTM Infinity is a hand-held machine condition ana- Parts of the Leonova Infinity system are specified on the
lyser with colour touch screen, operating under Windows technical data sheets (TD) listed below:
CE. Following functions are always included for unlimited
use: Instrument specifications TD-211
• Data logging with Condmaster®Nova Selection of instrument functions TD-212
• ISO 2372 vibration monitoring SPM Shock pulse measurement, dBm/dBc TD-213
• Speed measurement SPM Shock pulse measurement, LR/HR TD-214
• Temperature measurement SPM Spectrum TM
TD-218
• Analog signals, current and voltage ISO 2372 vibration monitoring TD-225
• Reading from and writing to CondID® memory tags ISO 10816 vibration monitoring with spectrum TD-219
• Manual recording, free quantity FFT with symptoms TD-220
• Check points, free text EVAM Evaluated vibration analysis
®
TD-221
The main Leonova functions are user selected, see TD-212. 2 channel simultaneous vibration monitoring TD-222
With synchronous measurement, enveloping, true zoom Run up/Coast down and Bump test TD-223
and up to a 12 800 line spectrum over 0.5 Hz up to 40 kHz, Orbit analysis TD-224
LeonovaTM Infinity has full vibration analysis capacity. SPM Balancing TD-226
has also incorporated the evaluation tables of the new ISO
Shaft alignment TD-227
10816 standards for broad-band measurement of vibration
Long-time recording TD-228
velocity, acceleration and displacement. For single and
Order tracking TD-306
dual plane rotor balancing, an easy to use graphical guide
calculates balancing weights and their position. For shaft Services TD-229
alignment, Leonova Infinity uses advanced laser technique Protective cover TD-246
with easy targeting, modulated line laser beam and auto- Transducers and measuring cables TD-247
matic precision calculation of shaft positions. LineLazerII detector units TD-267
Ordering numbers Spare parts

LEO801 Leonova Infinity, Grey, incl. wrist strap and stylus 15178 Stylus for touch screen
LEO802 Leonova Infinity, Blue, incl. wrist strap and stylus 14661 Wrist strap
90362 Charger 9.3 V/1.33 A, 100-240 V AC, Euro-plug PRO49 Leonova Service Program
90379 Charger 9.3 V/1.33 A, 100-240 V AC, US-plug 71789 Instruction "Getting started"
90380 Charger 9.3 V/1.33 A, 100-240 V AC, UK-plug 71792 Leonova Infinity User guide
CAB46 Communication cable, USB
CAB47 Communication cable RS232, 9 pin
14715 Belt clip
15310 Protective cover Patent No.: US7313484, US7167814, US7200519, US7054761, US7324919
CAS16 Carrying case, plastic with foam insert EPO1474664, DE60304328.3, FR1474664, GB1474664, NL1474664, SE03731865.6
Leonova™ Infinity – Instrument Specifications
102
63
285
32
63
Leonova Infinity is a multi-function, hand-held data logger. of the measuring functions listed below (Platform). Other
The instrument is operated via keypad and touchscreen. diagnostic and analytic functions, for shock pulse measure-
Basic data for the measurement set-up can be input manu- ment, vibration measurement, orbit analysis, rotor balanc-
ally or downloaded from Condmaster®Nova. ing and shaft alignment, are user selected. For technical
Leonova Infinity is always programmed for an unlimited use information and specifications, see respective data sheets
listed on TD-212.
Technical data, instrument (Platform) Vibration severity (ISO 2372)

Housing: ABS/PC, Santoprene, IP54 Measurement quantity: vibration velocity, RMS,
Dimensions: 285 x 102 x 63 mm range 10 – 1000 Hz
Evaluation table selection: menu guided, ISO 2372
(11.2" x 4" x 2.5")
Vibration transducer input: < 18 Vpp. Transducer supply of
Weight: 580 g (20 oz.) 4 mA for IEPE* (ICP) type can be
Keypad: sealed, snap action set On/Off
Display: touch screen, TFT colour, Transducer types: Any transducers (disp., vel. or acc.)
240 x 320 pixels, 54 x 72 mm with voltage output
(2.1 x 2.8 inch), adjustable Vibration channels: 2, simultaneous measuring
backlight
Main processor: 400 MHz Intel® XScale® Speed measurement
Memory: 64 MB RAM, 32 MB Flash Measuring range: 10 to 60 000 rpm
expandable up to 4 GB Resolution: 1 rpm
Operating system: Microsoft Windows® CE.net Accuracy: ± (1 rev. + 0.1% of reading)
Communication: RS232 and USB Transducer type: TAD-18, TTL-pulses
Dynamic range: 16 bit A/D converter, automatic
gain settings Temperature measurement
Condition indication: green, yellow and red LEDs Measuring range: –50 to +440 °C (–58 to 824 °F)
Resolution: 1 °C (1 °F)
Power supply: rechargeable Lithium-Ion batteries
Transducer type: TEM-11 with TEN-10 (surface tem-
Battery power: for minimum 8 hours normal use
perature) and TEN-11 (liquids)
Operating temperature: 0 to 50 °C (32 to 120 °F)
Charging temperature: 0 to 45 °C (32 to 113 °F) Analog signals
General features: language selection, battery charge Measurement range: 0 to 1 V DC, 0 to 10 V DC,
display, transducer line test, metric 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
or imperial units
* Integral Electronic PiezoElectric
Meas. point identification: RF transponder for communication
with CondIDTM tags, read/write Patent No.: US7313484, US7167814, US7200519, US7054761, US7324919
distance max. 50 mm (2 inch) EPO1474664, DE60304328.3, FR1474664, GB1474664, NL1474664, SE03731865.6
Tel +46 152 225 00 • Fax +46 152 15075 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2008-08. TD-211B.
Leonova™ Infinity – User selected functions
Leonova™ Infinity Platform,

always included for unlimited use
• Data logging with Condmaster®Nova
• RMS vibration, ISO 2372
• Speed measurement
• Temperature measurement
• Analog signals, current and voltage
• Reading from and writing to CondID® memory tags
• Manual recording, free quantity
• Check points, free text
To obtain the optimal performance range and instrument Leonova automatically deducts credits from the tank when
price for their purpose, Leonova users can select any or all its 'Measure' key is pressed. Thus, the user's operating costs
of the 16 condition diagnosis and maintenance functions depend on the number of measurements taken. Credit tanks
below, under two alternative conditions of sale. The choice are refilled, and/or new functions added, by loading a coded
is between unlimited and limited use (Function & Use). file ordered via the local distributor.
When use is limited, the price for the function itself is much Free and limited functions can be combined at will. Platform
lower. Instead, the user prepays a tankful of 'credits'. functions are always included and their use is unlimited.
Functions for Unlimited Use Functions for Limited Use (Function & Use)
LEO130 Shock pulse method dBm/dBc LEO230 Shock pulse method dBm/dBc (1)
LEO131 Shock pulse method LR/HR LEO231 Shock pulse method LR/HR (2)
LEO132 SPM Spectrum LEO232 SPM Spectrum (2)
LEO133 ISO 10816 vibration monitoring with spectrum LEO233 ISO 10816 vibration monitoring with spectrum (1)
LEO134 FFT with symptoms LEO234 FFT with symptoms (2)
LEO135 EVAM evaluated vibration analysis, time signal LEO235 EVAM evaluated vibration analysis, time signal (2)
LEO136 2 channel simultaneous vibration monitoring LEO236 2 channel simultaneous vibration monitoring (4)
LEO137 Run up / coast down & bump test LEO237 Run up / coast down (50) and Bump test (25)
LEO138 Orbit analysis LEO238 Orbit analysis (5)
LEO151 Shock pulse method dBm/dBc and LR/HR LEO251 Shock pulse method dBm/dBc and LR/HR
LEO152 Balancing, single plane LEO252 Balancing, single plane (4 runs 16, 2 runs 42)
LEO153 Balancing, dual plane LEO253 Balancing, dual plane (80)
LEO154 Balancing, single and dual plane LEO254 Balancing, single and dual plane
LEO155 Shaft alignment LEO255 Shaft alignment (30)
Credit consumption is stated within brackets.

Options
LEO139 12 800 lines, 40 kHz
LEO160 Recording function
LEO161 Extended memory, 512 MB
LEO162 Extended memory, 1 GB
LEO163 Extended memory, 4 GB
LEO164 Time signal, option to FFT with symptoms
Tel +46 152 225 00 • Fax +46 152 15075 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2006-05. TD-212B.
Leonova™ Infinity – Shock pulse measurement, dBm/dBc
Normalized condition scale
delta
Input: Rpm plus shaft diameter

(or ISO bearing number)
For over 30 years, the original Shock Pulse Method (SPM) Shock pulse amplitude is due to three basic factors:
has been very successfully used to obtain a fast, easy and • Rolling velocity (bearing size and rpm)
reliable diagnosis of the operating condition of rolling ele- • Oil film thickness (separation between the metal sur-
ment bearings. faces in the rolling interface). The oil film depends on
lubricant supply and also on alignment and pre-load.
The signal • The mechanical state of the bearing surfaces (rough-
Throughout their lifetime, bearings generate shocks in the ness, stress, damage, loose metal particle).
interface between the loaded rolling element and the race-
way. These shocks 'ring' the SPM transducer which outputs Input data
electric pulses proportional to the shock magnitude. The effect of rolling velocity on the signal is neutralized by
giving rpm and shaft diameter as input data, with 'reason-
Unlike vibration transducers, the shock pulse transducer able accuracy'. This sets an initial value (dBi), the start of
responds at its carefully tuned resonance frequency of about the ńormalized' condition scale.
32 kHz, which allows a calibrated measurement of the shock
pulse amplitudes. Evaluation
The initial value and the range of the three condition zones
Measurement (green - yellow - red) was empirically established by testing
The shock pulse meter counts the rate of occurrence (in- bearings under variable operating conditions. The maximum
coming shock pulses per second) and varies the measuring value places the bearing into the condition zone. The height
threshold until two amplitude levels are determined: of the carpet value and delta (dBm minus dBc) indicated
lubrication quality or problems with bearing installation
• the shock carpet level (approx. 200 incoming shocks and alignment.
per second. This level is displayed as dBc (decibel car-
pet value). Technical data
• the maximum level (highest incoming shock under 2 Measuring range: –9 to 99 dBsv
seconds). This level is displayed as dBm (decibel maxi- Resolution: 1 dBsv
mum value). Using a blinking indicator or earphones, Accuracy: ± 1 dBsv
the operator can establish a peak value by increasing Transducer types: SPM 40000/42000, probe transducer and
the measuring threshold until no signal is registered. quick connector transducer for adapters
Input data: Rpm, shaft diameter (or ISO bearing number)
Because of the very large dynamic range, shock pulses are Output: Maximum value dBm, evaluated green -
measured on a decibel scale (1000 x increase between 0 yellow -red, carpet value dBc, peak value,
and 60 dB). audible shock pulse signal (earphones).
Ordering numbers
LEO130 Shock pulse method dBm/dBc, unlimited use
LEO230 Shock pulse method dBm/dBc, limited use
Tel +46 152 225 00 • Fax +46 152 15075 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2005-12. TD-213 B
Leonova™ Infinity – Shock pulse measurement, LR/HR
Evaluation boxes determined by

bearing geometry and speed
Calibration
The LR/HR method was developed from the original Shock A LUB no. of 0 means dry running, the value increases with
Pulse Method for condition diagnosis of rolling element oil film thickness. A COND no. of around 30 indicates surface
bearings. It allows a precision analysis of oil film condition stress or early damage, the value increases with damage
in the rolling interface and contains calculation models for severity. The general assessment is:
finding the optimal lubricant. Poor lubrication is the root CODE A Good bearing
cause of most bearing failures. CODE B Poor lubrication
CODE C Dry bearing, risk of damage
Signal and measurement CODE D Damage.
Transducer and measuring procedure are the same as for
A program part, LUBMASTER, uses the shock values plus
the dBm/dBc method (TD-213). The shock pulse meter
data on lubricant type, viscosity, load and operating tem-
counts the rate of occurrence (incoming shock pulses per
perature to calculate the bearing's life expectancy under
second) and varies the gain until two amplitude levels are
present condition. It also calculates the effect of changes
determined:
in oil type and viscosity.
• HR = high rate of occurrence, quantifying the shock
carpet (approx. 1000 incoming shocks per second). Calibration
• LR = low rate of occurrence, quantifying the strong The accuracy of the LR/HR method is increased by a calibra-
shock pulses (approx. 40 incoming shocks per second). tion factor (COMP no.) used in case of bearings with minimal
load or poor quality measuring points (in both cases the
LR and HR are 'raw values', measured in dBsv (decibel
signal strength is below normal). On the basis of the bear-
shock value).
ing's catalogue data and the lubricant properties, Leonova
calculates the normal shock level for a good bearing and
Input data
compensates for an abnormally low signal before returning
The LR/HR method requires more precise data on the the evaluation results.
bearing, because bearing geometry, as well as size and
speed, affect the shock carpet and thus the analysis of oil Technical data
film condition in undamaged bearings. The rpm is needed, Measuring range: –19 to 99 dBsv
plus a definition of the bearing type and size. This is best Resolution: 1 dBsv
input by stating the ISO bearing number, which links to the Accuracy: ± 1 dBsv
bearing catalogue in Condmaster.
Transducer types: SPM 40000/42000, probe transducer and
quick connector transducer for adapters
Evaluation
Input data: Rpm, plus bearing type and mean diameter
After measurement Leonova returns (or ISO bearing number)
• a general description of bearing condition (CODE) Output: LR and HR (raw shock values),
• a value for oil film condition (LUB) CODE A to D, evaluated green - yellow - red.
LUB no. for oil film condition,
• a value for surface damage (COND). COND no. for surface condition.
Ordering numbers
LEO131 Shock pulse method LR/HR, unlimited use
LEO231 Shock pulse method LR/HR, limited use
Leonova™ Infinity – SPM Spectrum
Damage
severity
Trend
Pattern recognition:
Bearing with rotating inner race and a damaged outer race.
BPFO = ball pass frequency outer race and its multiples domi-
nate the shock pulse spectrum.
The purpose of 'SPM Spectrum' is to verify the source of measured, not preset. The factors defining the bearing
high shock pulse readings. Shocks generated by damaged frequencies are obtained from the bearing catalogue in
bearings will typically have an occurrence pattern matching Condmaster by stating the ISO bearing number.
the ball pass frequency over the rotating race. Shocks from
e. g. damaged gears have different patterns, while random Evaluation
shocks from disturbance sources have none. The frequency patterns of bearings are preset in Cond
master. Linking the symptom group 'Bearing' to the measur-
Signal and measurement ing point allows the user to highlight a bearing pattern by
The resonance frequency of the SPM shock pulse trans- clicking on its name. Other symptoms can be added when
ducer, calibrated to 32 kHz, constitutes the ideal carrier appropriate, e. g. for gear mesh patterns. Finding a clear
wave for transients caused by shocks. The output of this match of a bearing symptom in the spectrum is proof that
transducer is the same type of demodulated signal pro- the measured signal originates from the bearing.
duced by 'enveloping', with this important difference: both
frequency and amplitude response of the SPM transducer Technical data
are precisely tuned, so there is no need to find uncertain Frequency range: 0 to 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000,
and shifting machine resonances to get a signal. 5000, 10 000, 20 000 Hz
Leonova first measures the shock amplitude by a shock Number of spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400
pulse measurement with the dBm/dBc or the LR/HR meth- Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming,
Flat Top
od. The results are the bearing condition data, evaluated
Spectrum types displayed: linear, power
green - yellow - red.
Averages: time synchronous, FFT linear, FFT
The second measurement produces a time record that is peak-hold
subjected to a Fast Fourier Transform (FFT). The resulting Frequency units: Hz, CPM
spectrum is used mostly for pattern recognition. Spectrum Saving options for spectrum: full spectrum, peaks only
line amplitudes are influenced by too many factors to be Amplitude scale unit: SD (Shock Distribution), SL (Shock
reliable condition indicators, so all condition evaluation is Level)
based on the dBm or the HR values. Scaling: linear or logarithmic X and Y axis
One unit for amplitude in an SPM spectrum is SD (Shock Zoom: true FFT zoom, visual zoom
Distribution unit), where each spectrum is scaled so that Pattern recognition: Bearing frequencies and optional
patterns highlighted in the spec-
the total RMS value of all spectrum lines = 100 SD = the trum. Automatic configuration of
RMS value of the time record. The alternative is SL (Shock bearing symptoms linked to ISO
Level unit), the RMS value of the frequency component in bearing no.
decibel. Alarm levels are manually set for each symptom to Transducer type: Shock pulse transducers with
show evaluated results in green - yellow - red. Various types probe and quick connector, SPM
40000/42000
of spectra can be produced. The recommended setting is
a spectrum with a resolution of at least 0.25 Hz, e. g. 3200 As an option, the frequency range can be extended to 40000 Hz,
the number of spectrum lines to 12800.
lines over 500 Hz, saving peaks only.
Ordering numbers
Input data
LEO132 SPM Spectrum, unlimited use
Pattern recognition demands precise data on the bearing
LEO232 SPM Spectrum, limited use
and exact measurement of the rpm. The rpm should be
LEO139 12 800 lines, 40 kHz, option
Leonova™ Infinity – Vibration ISO 2372
Broad band vibration measurement is the most widely • Measurements are made in three direction (horizontal,
used and cost-efficient method for the diagnosis of general vertical, axial). The highest value returned determines
machine condition. There are two ISO recommendations machine condition.
concerning this type of machine condition monitoring, the • Default limit values for the change from green to
much used ISO 2372 and the more recent ISO 10816, which yellow and from yellow to red are set automatically
is a ongoing replacement of the older standard. when one of the six machine classes is input under the
measuring point data.
In Leonova, vibration measurement according to ISO 2372
is a platform function, always included for unlimited use. ISO 10816 is offered as a choice, see TD 219.
The features are:

Technical data
• Machine condition is diagnosed on the basis of broad
Measurement quantities: Velocity, RMS value in mm/s over
band measurements returning an RMS value of vibra- 10 to 1000 Hz
tion velocity in the frequency range of 10 to 1000 Hz. Transducer type: Vibration transducer SLD144 or IEPE*
This is called vibration severity. (ICP®) type transducers with voltage
output
• Machines are grouped into six vibration classes.
• A table of limit values is presented for each vibration
class, differentiating between acceptable vibration
(green range), unsatisfactory vibration (yellow range),
and vibration that will cause damage unless reduced
(red range).
Leonova™ Infinity – Vibration ISO 10816 with spectrum
Broad band vibration measurement is the most widely • The standard consists of several parts, each treating
used and cost-efficient method for the diagnosis of general a certain type of machines, with tables of limit values
machine condition. differentiating between acceptable vibration (green
range), unsatisfactory vibration (yellow range), and
There are two ISO recommendations concerning machine vibration that will cause damage unless reduced (red
condition monitoring by this type of measurement, the much range).
used ISO 2372 and the more recent ISO 10816, which is an
ongoing replacement of the older standard. In Leonova, ISO part, machine group and foundation type
are input using a multiple choice guide which displays the
With Leonova, ISO 2372 measurement is a platform func- various ISO definitions and leads to the limit values.
tion, always included for unlimited use (see TD-225).
ISO 10816 is an option with ordering numbers LEO133 Exceeding the requirements of the ISO standard, Leonova
(unlimited use) and LEO233 (limited use). also provides a 1600 line spectrum.
Features of ISO 10816 are:

Technical data
• Measurements are made in three direction (horizontal,
Measurement quantities: Velocity, acceleration, and displace
vertical, axial). ment, RMS values over 2 or 10 Hz to
• Machine condition is generally diagnosed on the basis 1000 Hz, peak, peak - to-peak
of broad band vibration measurements returning an Spectrum: Linear, 1600 lines, Hanning window.
RMS value. ISO 10816 keeps the lower frequency Spectrum unit: Velocity, mm/s or inch/s
range flexible between 2 and 10 Hz, depending on the
Transducer type: Vibration transducer SLD 144 or IEPE*
machine type. The upper frequency is 1000 Hz.
(ICP®) type transducers with voltage
• ISO 10816 operates with the term vibration magni- output
tude, which, depending on the machine type, can be
an RMS value of vibration velocity, acceleration or
displacement. If two or more of these parameters are
measured, vibration severity is the one returning the Ordering numbers
relative highest RMS value. For certain machines, ISO LEO133 Vibration ISO 10816 with spectrum, unlimited use
10816 also recognises peak-to-peak values as condi- LEO233 Vibration ISO 10816 with spectrum, limited use
tion criteria.
Leonova™ Infinity – FFT spectrum with symptoms
FFT Spectrum with Symptoms is a vibration analysis function Spectrum analysis with 'symptoms'
offered with Leonova, for either limited or unlimited use. For easy pattern recognition in spectra, a range of ready
It is a reduced form of EVAM (Evaluated Vibration Analysis made 'fault symptoms' are downloaded from Condmaster.
Method), lacking the statistical evaluation by means of crite- These are instructions to highlight a spectrum line pattern
ria and possibility to display and save time signal (option). and display the sum of the lines' RMS values as a symptom
parameter (which can be trended).
This function generates three sets of machine condition
data: Most symptoms are automatically configured by using the
• Condition parameters, which are measured and cal- rpm as a variable, for some an input is needed, e. g. the
culated values describing various aspects of machine number of vanes on a rotor.
vibration. A special symptom group are the bearing symptoms (show-
• Vibration spectra where significant line patterns are ing e. g. ball pass frequencies over inner and outer race)
found, highlighted and evaluated with the help of pre- for which the Condmaster bearing catalogue contains all
set fault symptoms. need data.
• Trending of symptom values. Alarm levels are manually
Suitable symptoms and symptom groups are selected from a
set for evaluation in green- yellow - red.
menu in Condmaster when the measuring point is set up.
For each measuring point, the user can make an individual
selection and define the type of data best suited for the Technical data
surveillance of an individual machine. Frequency limit, lower: 0.5, 2, 10 or 100 Hz
Frequency limit, upper: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000,
Condition parameters 10 000 Hz
Envelope high pass filters: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000,
Condition parameters are measured for a selected frequen- 10 000 Hz
cy range. They can be individually activated and are shown Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat Top
in measuring result tables and as diagrams. Available are: Averages: time synch, FFT linear,
FFT exponential, FFT peak-hold
VEL RMS value of vibration velocity
Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400
ACC RMS value of vibration acceleration Frequency units: Hz, CPM, orders
DISP RMS value of vibration displacement Saving options: peaks only, full spectrum
Spectrum types displayed: linear, power, PSD
CREST Crest value, difference between peak and RMS Zoom: true FFT zoom, visual zoom
KURT Kurtosis, the amount of transients in the vibration Transducer types: Vibration transducer SLD144 or IEPE
signal (ICP®) type transducers with voltage
output
SKEW Skewness, the asymmetry of the vibration signal As options, the frequency range can be extended to 40000Hz/12800
NL1 - 4 Noise level in the four quarters of the frequency spectrum lines and possibility to save time signal.
range.
Ordering numbers
LEO134 FFT with symptoms, unlimited use
Peak and peak-to-peak values are shown in the unit selected
LEO234 FFT with symptoms, limited use
for the time signal. LEO139 12 800 lines, 40 kHz, option
Leonova™ Infinity – EVAM evaluated vibration analysis
EVAM stands for Evaluated Vibration Analysis Method. With Spectrum analysis with 'symptoms'
Leonova, the EVAM method is offered as an analysing func- For easy pattern recognition in spectra, EVAM supplies a
tion with either limited or unlimited use. range of ready made 'fault symptoms'. These are instruc-
tions to highlight a spectrum line pattern and display the
The EVAM method generates three sets of machine condi-
sum of the lines' RMS values as a symptom parameter
tion data:
(which can be evaluated and trended). Most symptoms are
• Condition parameters, which are measured and cal- automatically configured by using the rpm as a variable,
culated values describing various aspects of machine for some an input is needed, e. g. the number of vanes
vibration. on a rotor. Suitable symptoms and symptom groups are
• Vibration spectra where significant line patterns are selected from a menu in Condmaster when the measuring
found, highlighted and evaluated with the help of pre- point is set up.
set fault symptoms.
Machine specific condition codes
• Machine specific condition codes (green, yellow, red)
In Condmaster, alarm limits can be set on all active param-
and condition values, based on a statistical evaluation
eters. Once measuring results are collected, an EVAM 'cri-
of the condition parameters and symptom values.
terion' can be created that compares new parameter values
For each measuring point, the user can make an individual with the statistical mean value and displays a dimensionless
selection and define the type of data best suited for the condition value against a green - yellow - red scale.
surveillance of an individual machine.
Technical data
Frequency limit, lower: 0.5, 2, 10 or 100 Hz
Condition parameters
Frequency limit, upper: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000,
Condition parameters are measured for a selected frequen- 10 000, 20 000 Hz
cy range. They can be individually activated and are shown Envelope high pass filters: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000,
in measuring result tables and as diagrams. Available are: 10 000 Hz
Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat Top
VEL RMS value of vibration velocity Averages: time synch, FFT linear,
FFT exponential, FFT peak-hold
ACC RMS value of vibration acceleration Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400
DISP RMS value of vibration displacement Frequency units: Hz, CPM, orders
Saving options: peaks only, full spectrum, time signal
CREST Crest value, difference between peak and RMS Spectrum types displayed: linear, power, PSD
KURT Kurtosis, the amount of transients in the vibration Zoom: true FFT zoom, visual zoom
signal Transducer types: Vibration transducer SLD144 or IEPE
(ICP®) type transducers with voltage
SKEW Skewness, the asymmetry of the vibration signal output
NL1 - 4 Noise level in the four quarters of the frequency As an option, the frequency range can be extended to 40000 Hz,
the number of spectrum lines to 12800.
range.
Ordering numbers
Peak and peak-to-peak values are shown in the unit selected LEO135 EVAM evaluated vibration analysis, unlimited use
for the time signal.. LEO235 EVAM evaluated vibration analysis, limited use-
Leonova™ Infinity – 2 channel simultaneous vibration monitoring
Two channel simultaneous vibration monitoring is a Technical data

Leonova Infinity function for limited (LEO236) or unlim- Frequency limit, lower: 0.5, 2, 10 or 100 Hz
ited (LEO136) use. It requires that either the measuring Frequency limit, upper: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000,
technique 'FFT with symptoms' or 'EVAM' is active. The 10 000, 20 000 Hz
function 'FFT with symptoms' requires the option 'Time Envelope high pass filters: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000,
signal' (LEO164) for possibility to display and save time 10 000 Hz
signal. Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming,
Flat Top
This type of measurement allows the user to study machine Averages: time synch, FFT linear,
movement in two dimensions by observing the difference FFT exponential, FFT peak-hold
of the phase angles measured on the two channels. Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400
Saving options for spectrum: peaks only, full spectrum, time
signal
Measurement requires the set-up of two vibration assign-
Spectrum types displayed: linear, power, PSD
ments with identical parameters. The 2 channel measuring
Zoom: true FFT zoom, visual zoom
cable CAB51 is used to connect both transducers to the
Transducer types: Vibration transducer SLD144 or
Leonova vibration transducer input. The procedure is
IEPE (ICP®) type transducers with
the same as for the corresponding measurement with a voltage output
single transducer.
As an option, the frequency range can be extended to 40 kHz,
After measurement, Leonova displays the RMS values for the number of spectrum lines to 12800.
DISP, VEL and ACC for both channels. Three graphs are
available for each measurement: Ordering numbers
• Spectrum LEO136 2 channel vibration monitoring, unlimited use
• Phase spectrum LEO236 2 channel vibration monitoring, limited use
• Time signal (option to FFT with symptoms)
In the spectrum and the time signal, the channels are CAB 51 2 channel measuring cable, Lemo
overlayed red and blue.
Leonova™ Infinity – Run up/coast down and Bump test
Run up / coast down measurements and Bump test are two Bump test
vibration analysis functions offered with Leonova Infinity, for The user sets the measuring range in Hz, which automatically
either limited or unlimited use. The bump test is employed sets the sampling time, e. g. 0.20 seconds for 2000 Hz/400
to check out the typical vibration response of a machine lines. A pre-trigging time, 5% to 25% of the sampling time,
structure at standstill, by hitting it e. g. with rubber mallet is also chosen.
(bump test). Run up/coast down records the changes in
The gain level is set by hitting the machine frame with vary-
vibration while the machine is run up to operating speed
ing force. The peak amplitude of the measured signal is
or after it has been shut off and is slowing to a stop. Both
displayed (velocity in mm/s) and a trigger level can be set
functions are selected from the menu of an ordinary vibra-
to 1% – 90% of the amplitude.
tion measurement assignment.
The actual test returns an FFT spectrum and a time signal
Run up / coast down
(sampling time plus pre-trigging time).
For this test, both the signal unit and the display unit for
the spectrum can be selected. Leonova Infinity uses both Technical data
digital and analog integration, so the signal unit can be set
Run up/coast down
independent of the transducer type used.
Frequency limit, lower: 0.5, 2 10 or 100 Hz
The measuring interval can be either time based (interval in Frequency limit, upper: 1 to 9999 orders
seconds) or speed based (interval in rpm). The speed range Measuring interval: speed or time based
is also chosen, e. g. 400 to 3000 rpm. Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat
Top
The first result is a list of the numbered measurements, Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
showing rpm and RMS vibration value. The date and time Spectrum types displayed: linear
of the first measurement are displayed.
Bump test
For each individual measurement, a spectrum can be called Frequency limit, lower: 2 Hz
up. Another list and diagram show the phase angles in Frequency limit, upper: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000,
degrees. Finally, the user can call up diagrams for vibration 10 000, 20 000, 40 000 Hz
amplitude and angle, showing all measurements in time Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
sequence. In all diagrams, a blue dot shows the position of Spectrum types displayed: linear
the measurement marked on the list. Pre-trigger time: 5%, 10%, 20%, 25% of sampling time
Transducer types: Vibration transducer SLD144 or
IEPE* (ICP®) type transducers with
voltage output
Ordering numbers
LEO137 Run up/coast down and Bump test, unlimited use
LEO237 Run up/coast down and Bump test, limited use
Leonova™ Infinity – Orbit analysis
15326
15315
CAB10
Orbit analysis is a vibration measurement function offered The orbit graph shows an overlay of the graphs for each
with Leonova infinity, for either unlimited (LEO138) or measured revolution plus their average. ��
The user can
limited use (LEO238). The resulting orbit graph shows the select each individual revolution as well as the average
movement of the shaft’s centerline and is used to detect of all revolutions.
failures like rubs, unbalance, misalignment or oil whip on
machinery with journal bearings. The selected��
graph is marked blue, with a blue arrow
showing the angle and the x/y values at that angle. The
The measurements are normally made on the buffered user can move the arrow on the screen via tap and hold
outputs of a machine protection system via the Orbit on the orbit graph.
Interface 15315. The interface is connected to the vibra-
tion and the tachometer inputs on Leonova. Signal inputs, When the orbit assignment is set up in Condmaster Nova,
channel X, channel Y and tachometer are connected via alarm limits can be set on the X and Y axis, resulting in an
BNC connectors. evaluated measurement (green - yellow- red scale).
Measurements can also be made with e. g. accelerometers Technical data

to get a two dimensional graph of machine movement. Orders: 1 to 5, default 1
Required are two channel simultaneous vibration meas- Filter types: None, band pass, low pass
urement and two transducers placed at an angle of 90° Signal unit: DISP, VEL, ACC
to each other, plus a trigger signal from a tachometer Trig threshold: Automatic
probe.
Measuring time: 1 to 25 revolutions
RPM range: 15 to 20 480 rpm
Settings include transducer type, signal unit and filter
Transducer types: Buffered outputs from ��
API670 approved
type, either bandpass (default) or lowpass. Orders is set protection systems via Orbit Interface
to 1 by default, but the user can select from 1 to 5 orders. 15315, alternative vibration transducers
The number of revolutions parameter, max. 25, specifies SLD144 or IEPE (ICP®) type transducers
the number of shaft revolutions to acquire and display in with voltage output
the orbit graph.
Ordering numbers
During measurement, the result window shows displace- LEO138 Orbit analysis, unlimited use
ment in the x and y direction per revolution. When the LEO238 Orbit analysis, limited use
measurement is complete, the average of the measured 15315 Orbit Interface with belt clip
number of revolutions is shown. 15326 Set of measuring cables, 3 x BNC - BNC

CAB10 Tachometer cable, spiral
Leonova™ Infinity – Balancing
Single and dual plane balancing are optional Leonova Leonova guides step-by-step through the balancing pro-
functions with either limited or unlimited use. In case of cedure. One can shift the rotation direction and change
limited use, credits are deducted for each vibration meas- the measured parameter from velocity to acceleration or
urement. displacement.
Single plane balancing, 4 runs In addition to the RMS value, a spectrum is shown to help
This method uses one measurement without trial weight to find the part of vibration that is due to unbalance. For the
determine the vibration severity (mm/s RMS) of the rotor, two run methods, the number of samples for obtaining a
followed by three measurements with trial weights at 0°, time synchronous average is set to min. 4.
120° and 240° to calculate the weight and position of the Leonova calculates a number of alternatives for correcting
correction mass. the unbalance:
• Trial weight: Input rotor diameter, weight and rpm to
Single plane balancing, two runs
obtain the suitable trial weight in grams.
This method uses one measurement without trial weight
to determine the vibration severity (mm/s RMS) of the ro- • Split the correction mass: Input the number of rotor
tor, followed by one measurements with a trial weight to partitions to distribute the correction mass between
calculate the weight and position of the correction mass. It two of them.
requires time synchronised vibration measurement (trigger • Weight removal: Drill hole diameter and depth calcu-
pulse supplied by a pulse from the SPM tachometer probe lated for various materials.
or a proximity switch) to find the relative phase angle be-
• Radial displacement: Input the change in radial distance
tween the two vibration measurements.
to recalculate the weight.
Dual plane balancing • Degrees to length: change from angle to length meas-
The same two run method as used for single plane bal- ured along the rotor circumference.
ancing, but with vibration measurement and weight cor- • Keep trial weight: Calculate the correction mass with
rection in two planes. These measurements can be made
the trial weight remaining in place.
by shifting the vibration transducer or by connecting two
transducers. • Sum up weights: Replace all correction masses on the
rotor by one.
For all methods, a final run can be made to check the balanc-
ing results and, if needed, get the data for further adjust- Ordering numbers
LEO152 Balancing, single plane, unlimited use
ments. Leonova then saves a balancing log file.
LEO252 Balancing, single plane, limited use
LEO153 Balancing, dual plane, unlimited use
LEO253 Balancing, dual plane, limited use
LEO154 Balancing, single and dual plane, unlimited use
LEO254 Balancing, single and dual plane, limited use
Leonova™ – Shaft Alignment
Shaft Alignment is an optional LeonovaTM function for quick Ordering numbers, LeonovaTM Infinity
and easy shaft alignment, with either limited or unlimited LEO155 Shaft alignment, unlimited use
use. In case of limited use, credits are deducted for each
LEO255 Shaft alignment, limited use
alignment assignment. The function is user-friendly and easy
to learn.
Ordering numbers, LeonovaTM
The LineLazer Accessory Set contains detector/transmitter LEO220 Shaft alignment, unlimited use, upgrade
units, brackets, chains, rods, cables and a measuring tape, LEO420 Shaft alignment, limited use, upgrade
all in a carrying case. This set fits a multitude of applications,
e.g. compressors, gearboxes, generators, and pumps. LineLazer Accessory Set LLA300
The detector units have position detectors (PSD) with a large LLB30 1 pc. LineLazer detector, lower beam (TD-267)
reception area, which makes fine tuning unnecessary. Com- LLB31 1 pc. LineLazer detector, upper beam (TD-267)
pensation values for thermal growth can be input. Integrated LLB11 2 pcs. Extension chain, length 1000 mm
precision inclinometers measure the angle of rotation of both LLB12 2 pcs. Chain with tension adapter, length 500 mm
detector units at all times. This allows measurement in fully LLB13 1 set Supporting rod, 80 mm, set of 4
automatic mode, with much less than a half-turn of the shaft. LLB14 1 set Supporting rod, 150 mm, set of 4
Measurement results are displayed in 100ths of millimetres
LLB15 2 pcs. Shaft bracket for chain
or 1000ths of an inch.
CAB50 1 pc. Communication cable between LineLazer
The Leonova instrument is the control and display unit. The and Leonova Infinity, length 3 m
interaction between the graphical display and the user is kept CAB75 1 pc. Charger cable, length 1.5 m
as simple as possible. A self-explanatory display based on MAA70 1 pc. Measuring tape
icons and graphics guides the user to make a perfect shaft TOL21 1 pc. Torquing tool for chains and rods
alignment. Leonova produces a log file with all alignment
CAS19 1 pc. Carrying case, plastic with foam insert
data for documentation and printing.
Measurement programs: Battery charger

• Alignment of horizontally mounted machines (automatic 90362 Charger, 100-240 V AC, 50-60 Hz, Euro-plug
measurement or manual promts) 90379 Charger, 100-240 V AC, 50-60 Hz, US-plug
90380 Charger, 100-240 V AC, 50-60 Hz, UK-plug
• Alignment of vertically and flange mounted machines
• Softfoot measurement Options
• Compensation for thermal growth Magnetic brackets, offset brackets 50 mm and offset
• Feet lock function brackets 100 mm on request.
• Shaft alignment log
Spare parts
LLB20 Supporting rod, 80 mm
LLB21 Supporting rod, 150 mm
Leonova™ Infinity – Recording function
A B
Recording is an optional Leonova function with unlimited In the example shown above the measuring point is con-
use. It allows the user to measure simultaneously with figured for the techniques SPM dBm/dBc with spectrum
up to three different transducers and record measuring (which automatically asks for a speed measurement), for
results for as long as the battery charge will last. Thus, ISO 2372 vibration measurement and for EVAM vibration
'Recording' is an analysis tool that can show the interac- measurement.
tion of various condition parameters over time.
Under 'Total' in the recording window, the desired number
Leonova has three separate input connectors, for of measurements is input, alternatively the total recording
• shock pulse measurement time in minutes.
• speed or temperature measurement Under 'Time between measurements' the interval is input
• vibration or analogue measurement. in minutes. 0 minutes means 'as fast as possible'.
Thus, shock pulse recording can be combined with either The measuring sequence is set by opening the list of avail-
of the alternatives given by the other two input. able measuring techniques with NEW (A) and selecting
techniques in any order. A technique can be used more
The recording function for a single quantity, e. g. tem- than once in the sequence.
perature, can be reached and set up from the default
Recording is started with the 'Measure' key and can be
file saved under the respective technique window. To
terminated with the 'Cancel' key (B).
record different quantities at the same time, one needs
a measuring point file where all the different techniques Leonova displays the number of measurements taken
are activated. and powers down when all are recorded. The batch is
then saved by the user and can be transferred to Con-
dmaster.
Ordering number
LEO160 Recording function, unlimited use
Leonova™ Infinity – Order tracking
Order tracking is an optional Leonova function primarily In the example shown above the measuring point is con-
used for vibration analysis on variable speed machines. The figured for vibration analysis with order tracking. Under
method uses multiples of rotational speed (orders), rather ‘Measuring point data’ order tracking is marked and the
than absolute frequency (Hz). The number of orders to be upper frequency is input in orders. The lower frequency is
shown is input by the user. Leonova will then automatically input in Hz or CPM under ‘Measuring point data’. ‘Variable
set the sampling frequency to an exact multiple of the speed’ must be marked and rpm has to be measured.
measured rpm. Order tracking will also minimise the risk
of smearing when using FFT averaging. Leonova displays the spectrum within the selected number
of orders. A number of measurements can be displayed in
The purpose of using orders is to lock the display to the a three dimensional waterfall diagram, where 1X (rpm) and
rotational speed (1X) and its multiples, which means that its harmonics remain in the same position in the diagram.
the ordered components in the spectrum always remain The measurements are then saved by the user and can
in the same position in the display, even if the rotational be transferred to Condmaster. Setup of order tracking
speed varies between the measurements. assignments in Condmaster require the optional software
module, MOD188 Order tracking.
Two or several spectra from the same machine with variable
speed can therefore more easily be compared if they are
expressed in orders. Using order tracking, the frequency Ordering number
range will always cover the symptoms of interest, regard- LEO165 Order tracking, unlimited use
less of the rotational speed of the machine.
Leonova™ Infinity – Services
The service program Leonova.exe is part of the basic function The credits required for a measuring round and the tank
package for Leonova Infinity. It is used to status are displayed by Leonova under 'Function and use'.
There one can also set the values and time intervals for the
• print and save balancing and alignment reports.
´tank low´ warnings.
• load credits and/or functions from the file ‘Leonova.txt’
The amount of credits deducted when the 'Measure' com-
• upgrade a Leonova version from the file ‘P70.EXE’.
mand is given depends on the method used, see table. For
• display and print a credit log containing all events in balancing, credits are deducted for each vibration reading.
connection with measurements credits, up to 10000. The table shows the min. requirement.
• make and reload safety copies of the Leonova files (file
extension .lsc). Functions with limited use Credit consumption
The operation of the service program is very simple: con- Shock pulse method dBm/dBc 1
nect Leonova to the PC, put it in communication mode, then Shock pulse method LR/HR 2
click on the desired service function. Follow the guidance SPM Spectrum 2
on the screen. Vibration ISO 10816 with spectrum 1
A safety copy of the Leonova measurement file can be used EVAM evaluated vibration analysis / time signal 2
to export one or more measuring points and, for example, FFT with symptom 2
send them to SPM for technical advice. 2 channel simultaneous vibration measurement 4
Orbit analysis 5
The file ‘Leonova.txt’ can contain measuring credits and/or
Leonova function that are new for the instrument or changed Run up/Coast down 50
from limited to unlimited use. It is coded to fit the individual Bump test 25
instrument and ordered via the local SPM distributor. Balancing, 1 plane 4 runs 16
Balancing, 1 plane 2 runs 42
Ordering number Balancing, 2 plane 80
PRO49 Leonova Service Program Shaft alignment 30
Leonova™ Infinity – Protective cover 15310
15310
Protective cover 15310 is an optional accessory for the Technical specifications

hand-held machine condition analyser LeonovaTM Infinity. Material: Polyester fabric with foam lining and
The cover, made of foamed polyester fabric, protects the
window of soft transparent PVC foil
instrument against shocks, splashes and dirt (IP64). The
transparent plastic window makes Leonova easy to operate Fastenings, seals: Velcro tape, polyamide
via the keypad and can be opened to facilitate the use of Weigth: 95 g
the touch screen. The cover is provided with holders for
wrist strap and stylus.
SPM Instrument AB • Box 504 • S-645 25 Strängnäs • Sweden Technical data are subject to change without notice.
Leonova™ Infinity – Transducers and measuring cables
TEN10
SLD144B TEN11
SLD144F TEM11
CAB51
CAB48
TRX16
TAD12 14765
TAD10
TRA70
TRX17
TAD18 TAD15
TRA72
TAD11 81319
Transducers and measuring cables for Leonova™ Infinity For shock pulse monitoring, only use original SPM shock
are selected in accordance with the individual instrument's pulse transducers. For vibration monitoring, any vibration
range of measuring functions. The ordering numbers are transducer with voltage output can be used.
listed below.
Shock pulse monitoring Current and voltage monitoring

TRA70 Shock pulse transducer with quick connector for CAB42 Cable for analog signals
measuring adapters
TRA72 Shock pulse transducer with probe Speed monitoring
CAB36 Measuring cable, BNC slip-on, 1.5 m TAD10 Contact adapter for tachometer probe
EAR10 Earphone in ear defenders, headset, with cable TAD11 Contact centre, rpm, short
EAR11 Earphone in ear defenders, for helmet, TAD15 Contact centre, rpm, long
with cable TAD12 Contact wheel, meter / min.
TAD13 Contact wheel, yards / min.
Vibration monitoring TAD17 Contact wheel, feet / min.
SLD144B Vibration transducer M8 (2-10 000 Hz) TAD14 Reflecting tape, pad of 5 sheets
SLD144F Vibration transducer UNF 1/4"-28 (2-10 000 Hz) TAD16 Reflecting tape for thin shafts, 5 sheets
TRX16 Magnetic foot for vibration transducer M8 TAD18 Tachometer probe with cable
TRX17 Probe for vibration transducer M8
CAB38 Measuring cable, spiral, Lemo - TNC Balancing
CAB39 Measuring cable, spiral, angle Lemo-TNC CAB43 Cable for TAD18, length 5 m
CAB48 Measuring cable, spiral, angle Lemo-2 pin 81319 Magnetic base
CAB48-L Measuring cable, Lemo - 2 pin (L = length in m) 14765 Holder fot tachometer probe TAD18
CAB51 2 channel measuring cable, Lemo-Lemo
CAB41 Communication cable for 'iLearn' Spare parts
13108 Sleeve for probe tip (TRA-72)
Temperature monitoring CAB37 Cable for TRA-72, 1.5 m (5 ft)
TEN10 Temperature probe tip, surface CAB10 Spiral cable for TAD-18, TMM-11
TEN11 Temperature probe tip, liquid
TEM11 Temperature probe with cable
Leonova™ Infinity – LineLazer II detector units
LLB31 LLB30
9
85
20
28 13
54
116
LineLazerII LLB30 and LLB31 are two detector/transmitter Technical specifications

units for shaft alignment with the multi-function datalogger Laser type: line laser, visible red light
Leonova™. The detectors are identical with exception of Laser power : <1 mW
the position of laser diode and sensor. Laser safety class: Class 2
Laser wavelength: 635 to 657 nm
Using a horizontally spread laser beam in combination
Laser modulation: 200 kHz
with a 37 mm vertical sensor (PSD) makes fine tuning un-
Sensor resolution : 1 µm
necessary. The laser beam is modulated and thus easily
and automatically distinguished from interfering light Sensor linearity : < 2% deviation
sources. The laser beam is not mirrored, both units are Sensor size : 37 x 1 mm (1.5 x 0.03 in)
true detectors/transmitters. The communication between Operating range : 50 to 3000 mm (2 to 120 in)
them is wireless, only one of the units is cable connected Inclinometer resolution : 0.5°
to Leonova.
Batteries: NiMH rechargable
Operating time : > 16 hours normal use
The detector units have integrated double axis precision
Operating temperature: 0 to +50 °C (32 to 122 °F)
inclinometers which measure the angle of rotation of both
detector units at all times. This allows measurement in Storage temperature: -25 to +55 °C (14 to 140 °F), non
condensing
fully automatic mode, with much less than a half-turn of
the shaft. Measurement results are displayed in 100 ths of Keyboard: sealed membrane
millimetres or 1000 ths of an inch. Control indicators: LED, red/green
Connector type: LEMO 5 pins, for communication
The control panel on the detector has a power off switch with Leonova and battery charger
and LED indicators to show correct aim, battery status, Housing: aluminium, blue anodized
and communication mode. The batteries are recharged Protection: IP65
with the standard Leonova Infinity chargers SPM 90362 Dimensions: 116 x 94 x 54 mm (4.6 x 3.7 x 2.1 in)
(EU), 90379 (US) or 90380 (UK).
Weight: 450 g
Patent No.: US7301616, SE 0400586-4
Machine Condition Analyzer A30
TRA-22 TAD-15
A30
TAD-12
TAD-10
TAD-11
EAR-10
TAD-18
TRA-30 TEN-10
TEN-11
TRV-12
TRV-13
TRV-22 TEM-11
TRV-23
TRX-16 TRX-17
13603 CAS-14 CAS-15
Part Numbers
A30-1 Machine Condition Analyzer A30 Basic Speed monitoring
A30-2 Machine Condition Analyzer A30 Logger TAD-10 Contact adapter for tachometer probe
A30-3 Machine Condition Analyzer A30 Expert TAD-11 Contact center, rpm, short
13603 Communication module TAD-15 Contact center, rpm, long
CAB-31 Computer cable, male 25 pins- female 25 pins TAD-12 Contact wheel, meter / min.
CAB-32 Computer cable, male 25 pins- female 9 pins TAD-13 Contact wheel, yards / min.
CAS-14 Carrying case TAD-17 Contact wheel, feet / min.
CAS-15 Carrying case with foam insert TAD-14 Reflecting tape, pad of 5 sheets
EMD-13 Carrying strap TAD-16 Reflecting tape for thin shafts, 5 sheets
FUP-02 Follow-up form for A30, pad of 25 (mm) TAD-18 Tachometer probe with cable
FUP-04 Follow-up form for A30, pad of 25 (inch)
Temperature monitoring
Shock pulse monitoring TEN-10 Temperature probe tip, surface
TRA-20 Quick conn. transducer for measuring stud TEN-11 Temperature probe tip, liquid
TRA-22 Shock pulse transducer, probe assembly TEM-11 Temperature probe with cable
TRA-30 Shock pulse transd. with quick connector
EAR-10 Earphone in eardefenders, headset, incl. cable Spare parts
EAR-11 Earphone in eardefenders, for helmet, incl. cable 13108 Sleeve for probe tip (TRA-22)
CAB-07 Cable for remote monitoring, 1.5 m (6 ft) CAB-02 Cable for TRA-20, 1.5 m (5 ft)
CAB-06 Cable for TRA-22, 1.5 m (5 ft)
Vibration monitoring CAB-10 Spiral cable for TAD-18, TEM-11
TRV-12 Vibration transducer M8 (0-1000 Hz) CAB-30 Cable for TRA-30
TRV-13 Vibration transducer UNF 1/4"-28 (0-1000 Hz) 90022 Battery 1.5 V, alcaline, AA-cell
TRV-22 Vibration transducer M8 (0-5000 Hz)
TRV-23 Vibration transducer UNF 1/4"-28 (0-5000 Hz)
TRX-16 Magnetic foot for vibration transducer
TRX-17 Probe for vibration measurement
VIC-19 Cable for vibration transducer, 1.5 m
Tel +46 152 22500 • Fax +46 152 15075 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.se ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2002-04. TD-119.B
Machine Condition Analyzer A30
PC connection
A30-1 A30-2
25 pole
Basic Logger
female plug
CAB-31
A30-3
Expert 9 pole
female plug
13603 CAB-32
CAB-10
A30 is a machine condition analyzer designed for a reliable preven- Shock pulse (SPM® LR/HR)
tive maintenance of industrial machines. A30 is available in three Measuring range: –19 to 99 dBsv
versions. With ”Basic”, measuring results are recorded manually.
Resolution: 1 dBsv
”Logger” is a data logger and works together with SPM software
Accuracy: ± 1 dBsv
Condmaster®. ”Expert” has all the logger features. In addition, it
uses the EVAM® method for vibration analysis. A ”Basic” version can
be upgraded to ”Logger” and ”Expert”. Vibration severity (ISO 10816)
Measuring range: 0.5 to 49.9 mm/s RMS
Measuring techniques Analyzer A30 (0.02 to 2.0 in/s RMS)
and other features Basic Logger Expert Resolution: 0.1 mm/s (0.01 in/s)
Shock pulse, LR/HR • • • Accuracy: ± (0.2 mm/s + 2% of reading)
Vibration severity, ISO 10816 • • • Frequency range: 3 to1000 Hz
Temperature measurement • • •
Speed, contact and optical • • • Speed measurement
Continuous reading • • • Measuring range: 10 to 19 999 rpm optical
Data logging with Condmaster® • • Measuring distance: max. 0.6 m (2 ft.)
Measuring point identification with CondID® • • Resolution: 1 rpm
Alternative measuring systems • • Accuracy: ± (1 rev. + 0.1% of reading)
Selectable comments • •
Display of check points • •
Long time recording • • Temperature measurement
Measuring range: –50 to +440 °C (–58 to 824 °F)
Vibration spectrum •
Evaluated vibration analysis (EVAM)
•
Alternative measuring systems
Instrument specifications No. per meas.point: 2
General features: language selection, battery test,
continuous reading, transducer line Additional information: date / time and comments
test, automatic idle / power off
Temperature range: 0 to 50 °C (32 to 120 °F) Long time recording
Power supply: 6 x 1.5 V LR6 alkaline cells Measuring parameters: SPM, VIB, temperature/speed
Battery life: power down 1 year, or 5000 typical Measuring interval: adjustable 0 to 60 minutes
measurements, or continuous record-
ing 50 hours Vibration analysis (EVAM®)
Size: 255 x 105 x 60 mm (10 x 4.2 x 2.4 in) Window: Hanning
Weight: 0.85 kg (1.9 lb.) Number of samples: 1024 / 2048
Casing / protective cover: ABS / polyurethane FFT result: 400 / 800 spectrum lines
Keypad: sealed membrane Range, resolution 3 to 200 Hz, 0.5 / 0.25 Hz
Display: LCD, 4x16 characters, LED backlight, at 400 / 800 lines: 3 to 500 Hz, 1.25 / 0.625 Hz
adjustable, automatic on/off 3 to 1000 Hz, 2 .5 / 1.25 Hz
Memory: typical 500, max. 999 meas. points 3 to 2000 Hz, 5.0 / 2.5 Hz
3 to 5000 Hz, 12.5 / 6.25 Hz
Backup, memory/clock: approx. 24 hours
Lines displayed: 15 highest, toggle Hz / cpm
Meas. point identification: read and write to CondID®
Lines saved: 1 to 200 highest
Reading distance: max. 50 mm
Tel +46 152 225 00 • Fax +46 152 15075 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2007-04. TD-113.B
Machine Condition Tester T30
TRA-22 TAD-15
T30
TAD-12
TAD-10
TAD-11
EAR-10
TAD-18
TRA-30 TEN-10
TEN-11
TRV-12
TRV-13
TRV-22 TEM-11
TRV-23
TRX-16 TRX-17
13603 CAS-14 CAS-15
Part Numbers
T30-1 Machine Condition Tester T30 Basic Speed monitoring
T30-2 Machine Condition Tester T30 Logger TAD-10 Contact adapter for tachometer probe
T30-3 Machine Condition Tester T30 Expert TAD-11 Contact center, rpm, short
13603 Communication module TAD-15 Contact center, rpm, long
CAB-31 Computer cable, male 25 pins- female 25 pins TAD-12 Contact wheel, meter / min.
CAB-32 Computer cable, male 25 pins- female 9 pins TAD-13 Contact wheel, yards / min.
EMD-13 Carrying strap TAD-16 Reflecting tape for thin shafts, 5 sheets
FUP-01 Follow-up form for T30, pad of 25 (mm) TAD-18 Tachometer probe with cable
FUP-03 Follow-up form for T30, pad of 25 (inch)
Temperature monitoring
Shock pulse monitoring TEN-10 Temperature probe tip, surface
TRA-20 Quick conn. transducer for measuring stud TEN-11 Temperature probe tip, liquid
TRA-22 Shock pulse transducer, probe assembly TEM-11 Temperature probe with cable
TRA-30 Shock pulse transd. with quick connector
Spare parts
EAR-10 Earphone in eardefenders, headset, incl.cable
EAR-11 Earphone in eardefenders, for helmet, incl. cable
CAB-07 Cable for remote monitoring, 1.5 m (6 ft)
Vibration monitoring CAB-10 Spiral cable for TAD-18, TMM-11
TRV-12 Vibration transducer M8 (0-1000 Hz) CAB-30 Cable for TRA-30
TRV-13 Vibration transducer UNF 1/4"-28 (0-1000 Hz) 90022 Battery 1.5 V, alcaline, AA-cell
TRV-22 Vibration transducer M8 (0-5000 Hz)
TRV-23 Vibration transducer UNF 1/4"-28 (0-5000 Hz)
VIC-19 Cable for vibration transducer, 1.5 m
Machine Condition Tester T30
PC connection
T30-1 T30-2
25 pole
Basic Logger
female plug
CAB-31
T30-3
Expert 9 pole
female plug
13603 CAB-32
CAB-10
T30 is a machine condition tester designed for a reliable preven- Shock pulse (SPM® dBm/dBc)
tive maintenance of industrial machines. T30 is available in three Measuring range: –9 to 99 dBsv
versions. With ”Basic”, measuring results are recorded manually.
Resolution: 1 dBsv
Condmaster®. ”Expert” has all the logger features. In addition, it Accuracy: ± 1 dBsv
uses the EVAM® method for vibration analysis. A ”Basic” version
can be upgraded to ”Logger” and ”Expert”. Vibration severity (ISO 10816)
(0.02 to 2.0 in/s RMS)
Measuring techniques Tester T30
Accuracy: ± (0.2 mm/s + 2% of reading)
Shock pulse, dBm/dBc • • •
Vibration severity, ISO 10816 • • • Frequency range: 3 to 1000 Hz
Continuous reading • • • Measuring range: 10 to 19 999 rpm optical
Data logging with Condmaster® • • Measuring distance: max. 0.6 m (2 ft.)
Measuring point identification with CondID® • • Resolution: 1 rpm
Alternative measuring systems • • Accuracy: ± (1 rev. + 0.1% of reading)
Selectable comments • •
Display of check points • • Temperature measurement
Long time recording • •
Measuring range: –50 to +440 °C (–58 to +824 °F)
Vibration spectrum • Resolution: 1 °C (1 °F)
Evaluated vibration analysis (EVAM) •
Alternative measuring systems
Instrument specifications
No. per meas.point: 2
General features: language selection, battery test,
continuous reading, transducer line Additional information: date / time and comments
test, automatic idle / power off
Temperature range: 0 to +50 °C (32 to 120 °F) Long time recording
Power supply: 6 x 1.5 V LR6 alkaline cells Measuring parameters: SPM, VIB, temperature/speed
Battery life: power down 1 year, or 5000 typi- Measuring interval: adjustable 0 to 60 minutes
cal measurements, or continuous
recording 50 hours Vibration analysis (EVAM®)
Size: 255 x105 x 60 mm (10 x 4.2 x 2.4 in) Window: Hanning
Weight: 0.85 kg (1.9 lb) Number of samples: 1024 / 2048
Casing / protective cover: ABS / polyurethane FFT result: 400 / 800 spectrum lines
Keypad: sealed membrane Range, resolution 3 to 200 Hz, 0.5 / 0.25 Hz
Display: LCD, 4x16 characters,LED backlight, at 400 / 800 lines: 3 to 500 Hz, 1.25 / 0.625 Hz
adjustable, automatic on/off 3 to 1000 Hz, 2 .5 / 1.25 Hz
Memory: typical 500, max. 999 meas. points 3 to 2000 Hz, 5.0 / 2.5 Hz
3 to 5000 Hz, 12.5 / 6.25 Hz
Backup, memory/clock: approx. 24 hours
Meas. point identification: read and write to CondID® Lines displayed: 15 highest, toggle Hz / cpm
Reading distance: max. 50 mm Lines saved: 1 to 200 highest
CondID®, Condition Memory
7
Distance
max. 50 mm
45
30
CondID® is a contact free memory tag used for measuring

point recognition and condition memory, used with Leonova
and the “Logger” and “Expert” versions of Tester T30 and Measuring
Analyzer A30. It is hung on the adapter cap or strapped in a adapter
suitable place on the machine. It should not be mounted flat CAP-02
against a metal surface. A distance of min. 3 mm between
metal surfaces and CondID® is recommended.
CondID® responds to a recognition signal when an SPM

datalogger is held close to the tag. It contains all basic data
for its measuring point: number, name, and all measuring
techniques connected with it, complete with all input data. If
the measuring point is already loaded in the datalogger, it will
be displayed, else it will be added to those in the data logger
memory. CondID® also saves the measuring results when the
WRITE function is used after taking the readings.
SPM data loggers automatically receive a communication

code from Condmaster® when a measuring round is down- Specifications:
loaded. Using the WRITE function, the data for the displayed Memory: 116 bytes
measuring point are sent to a tag, thus linking it to the meas-
Supported techniques: dBm/dBc, LR/HR, ISO2372,
uring point. On uploading the round to Condmaster®, the
ISO10816, EVAM/FFT, RPM,
measuring point is marked with a CondID® icon. To break the
user defined 1 & 2 and
link, one simply removes this icon before downloading the
checkpoints
point. The tag can then be linked with another point.
Resonance frequency: 125 ±6 kHz
All tags are safeguarded and can only be read with SPM
Reading distance: max. 50 mm
instruments. In addition, the user can set read and write
Material: Glass fibre reinforced epoxy
passwords in Condmaster®. These passwords are automati-
cally sent to data logger and tag. Protection class: IP66
Operating temperature –40 to 85 °C
The tag memory is 116 characters. If this is exceeded, e.g. by
long measuring point names, a menu will show that exceed- Environment: Suitable for indoors and
ing data is excluded, starting with truncating the measuring outdoors use
point name. The user can then edit the measuring point data Dimensions: 30 x 45 x 2 mm
to fit the tag memory.
Part number: SPM 14489
EU patent no. 0909430, US patent no. 6499349, 6725723.
Earphones in eardefenders EAR-10 / EAR-11
EAR-10 EAR-11
EAR-1
EAR-10 and EAR-11 are specially selected earphones, pro-

viding excellent sound reproduction even in noisy environ-
ments.
• lndividually sprung headband wires of stainless sprung

steel provide an even distribution of pressure around the
ears. Steel headband wires retain their resilience better
than plastic through a wide temperature range.
• Low, two-point fasteners and easy height adjustment with

no protruding parts.
• Soft, wide foam and fluid-filled sealing rings with built-in Snap-mount (Z3E)
pressure-evening channels provide low pressure, effective
sealing and ideal comfort.
• Connection cord, 0.75 to 1.4 m, of soft spiral polyurethane Earphones for helmet, EAR-11
with a modular telephone connector. Earphones EAR-11 fit most safety helmets available in the
market today. The earphones have standard snap-mounts
The earphones with eardefenders are tested and approved in
(Z3E) and are adapted to a specific helmet by a simple
accordance with PPE directive 891686/EEC and EMC direc-
manipulation.
tive 89/336/EEC to meet the demands for CE labelling.
To mount the headphone, snap the helmet attachment into the
slot on the helmet. Note: The cups can be set in three positions:
Headset, EAR-10 working position, ventilation position and parking position.
The headset EAR-10 is a mono telephone set with two When in use, the cups must be placed in working position. Press
parallel connected earphones. It has a collapsible headband the wires inward until you hear a click on both sides. Make sure
for convenient storage when you are not using the earphones that the cup and the headband wire in working position are not
with eardefenders. pressing on the helmet lining or the edge of your hardhat so
that leakage can occur. Parking position should not be used if
the cups are damp inside after an intense period of use.
Tel +46 152 22500 • Fax +46 152 15075 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2005-06. TD-209. B
2
2
Continuous Monitoring Systems
Intellinova® – System Unit INS10
2 1 9
600
3
4
8
6
5 7
500 210
1. Commander Unit INC40 4. Earth rail, DIN 7. Cable inlet PG11

2. Monitoring Unit 5. Cable inlet PG29 8. Mounting braces (option)
3. DIN rail with terminal blocks 6. Blind plugs for additional inlets 9. Status LED indicators
The Intellinova System Unit INS10 is comprised of an industrial have to be drilled. The DIN rail has terminal blocks and cabling
enclosure, a Commander Unit, internal cabling and terminals for for connection of power supply. The unit has an earth rail (DIN)
power supply. Up to four monitoring units can be mounted and where the measuring cable shields should be connected. The
are ordered separately. The enclosure, intended for wall mount- unit is equipped with plastic cable channels and status indica-
ing, is robust and sealed for use in harsh environments. tors on the lid. Power supply unit, accessories for DIN rails,
internal cabling and cable inlets are ordered separately.
The unit has a flange with one cable inlet for eight measuring
cables plus two cable inlets for power supply and network con- Technical specifications for the Commander Unit are stated on
nection. It has three blind plugs where additional cable inlets data sheet TD-271. The various types of monitoring units are
(Pg29) for up to 32 measuring cables can be mounted. Holes described on the data sheets TD-272 to TD-275. Cable inlets
for cable inlets intended for digital in- and output connections and accessories for DIN rails are described on TD-289.
Technical specifications, INS10 Monitoring Units

Design, enclosure: enamelled steel, IP66 INB80 Bearing Monitoring Unit for SPM transducers of
Power supply: 18 to 36 V DC, nom. 24 V DC type 40000 (TD-272)
Storage temperature: -20 to +80 °C (- 4 to 176 °F) INB82 Bearing Monitoring Unit for SPM transducers of
type 42000 (TD-272)
Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing)
INV80A Vibration Monitoring Unit, screw terminals (TD-273)
Cable inlets: 1 PG29 for 8 measuring cables
INAI10 Analog Monitoring Unit (TD-274)
2 PG11 for power supply and
network connection INAO80 Analog Output Unit (TD-275)
Terminals: 7 terminal blocks for connection of

power supply Options
Dimensions (w x h x d): 500 x 600 x 210 mm INO11 Power supply unit, 18 W (TD-288)
(19.7 x 23.6 x 8.3 inches)
INO12 Power supply unit, 50 W (TD-288)
Mounting holes: 4 with diameter 8.5 mm,
INO13 Internal cabling with terminal blocks for digital
spacing (w x h) 460 x 560 mm outputs, 3 channels
Weight: approx. 21 kg (46 lbs) INO14 Internal cabling with terminal blocks for digital
inputs, 4 channels
INO16 Relay for external alarm, 2 poles (TD-290)
INO17 Key Phasor Interface, 2 channels
81325 Mounting braces, 4 pcs
Intellinova® – Commander Unit INC40
10 185 180 15
17
1 2
3
180
ø4 6
5
10
1. Sockets for monitoring units 4. Digital inputs

2. Output status indicators 5. SD memory card
3. Digital outputs 6. Ethernet LAN connection
The Intellinova Commander Unit INC40 is a flexible and modular Technical data
platform which controls and communicates with the monitoring
Monitoring units: sockets for 4 monitoring units
units for continuous monitoring of machine condition. Up to
four monitoring units with normally eight channels each can Digital / RPM inputs: 4 channels
be plugged into the Commander Unit. Monitoring units are RPM transducer type: proximity switches, supply 12 V DC
ordered separately and are described on the technical data
RPM measuring range: 10 – 120 000 rpm
sheets TD-272 to TD-275.
Digital output: 2 status and 4 user configurable
The Commander Unit is equipped with multiplexing measur- Memory: SD card, 2 GB
ing logic, alarm, storing and analysis logic. It is connected via
standard Ethernet in a LAN network. LAN interface: Ethernet TCP/IP, 10/100 Mbps
Power supply: 18 to 36 V DC, nom. 24 V DC
The unit has four digital outputs for connection to PLC or via
Power consumption: max. 21 W (6 W available for
external relays to machine stop, external warning lamp, etc.
rpm transducers), typical 3 W
Up to four RPM transducers can be connected and linked to
without measuring units and rpm
measuring assignments set up in Condmaster®Nova.
transducers
The communication program LinX transmits measuring assign- Operating temperature: 0 to +60 °C (32 to 140 °F)
ments to and reads the results from the Commander Unit, and Storage temperature: -20 to +80 °C (- 4 to 176 °F)
controls the measuring operations, data processing and stor-
age. A service laptop with the Field Support Software (FSS) can
be connected for service and setup via an Ethernet port. Data Dimensions (w x h x d): 390 x 207 x 40 mm
access to process and control systems can be implemented via (15.4 x 8.2 x 1.5 inches)
OPC client/server technology. The unit can be used off-line and Weight: approx. 750 g without monitoring
is equipped with SD memory card for buffering and back-up. units
The measuring assignments are set up in Condmaster®Nova Part numbers

running under Windows. Condmaster also handles portable INC40 Commander Unit incl. mounting screws with spacers
SPM dataloggers and existing SPM online systems. SQL Server and 2 screw terminals for power supply and status
is used as database handler. indicators
Accessories
93384 Screw terminal, 4 pins, for connection of digital
inputs/RPM and digital outputs
90419 SD memory card, 2 GB
Intellinova® – Bearing Monitoring Unit
212
INB 80 / 82 INB80T/82T
70 37
The Bearing Monitoring Unit is a part of the Intellinova System Technical data
and has eight channels for continuous monitoring of bearing Measuring methods: dBm/dBc, LR / HR, SPM Spectrum
condition. It measures shock pulses according to the True Measuring channels: 8, multiplexing
SPM method and supports SPM Spectrum. The unit is simply Measuring range: -9 to 99 dBsv , -19 to 99 LRHR
plugged into the socket in the Intellinova Commander Unit. Measuring time: approx. 2 sec. per channel dBm/dBc,
approx. 20 sec. LR/HR
Measuring methods, measuring time, alarm limits, alarm
Frequency range: 0 to 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000,
delay etc. are set up in Condmaster®Nova. 10 000, 20 000, 40 000 Hz
Number of spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
Four versions of the Bearing Monitoring Unit are available.
INB80 and INB82 have input connectors for coaxial cables. Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming,
Flat Top
INB80 is intended for shock pulse transducers of type 40000 Spectrum types displayed: linear, power
(cable length max. 4 m) and INB82 is intended for shock pulse
Averages: time synchronous, FFT linear,
transducers of type 42000 (cable length max. 100 m). FFT peak-hold
Frequency units: Hz, CPM
INB80T and INB82T have input connectors for twisted pair
Saving options for spectrum: full spectrum, peaks only
cables. INB80T is intended for shock pulse transducers of
Amplitude scale unit: SD (Shock Distribution),
type 40000 (cable length max. 4 m) and INB82T is intended SL (Shock Level)
for shock pulse transducers of type 42000 (cable length Scaling: linear or logarithmic X and Y axis
max. 100 m). Zoom: true FFT zoom, visual zoom
Pattern recognition: bearing frequencies and optional
Signal processing patterns highlighted in the spectrum.
Automatic configuration of bearing
The resonance frequency of the SPM shock pulse transducer, symptoms linked to ISO bearing no.
calibrated to 32 kHz, constitutes the ideal carrier wave for Input connectors: for coaxial cables on INB80/82,
transients caused by shocks. The output of this transducer is for pair cables on INB 80T/82T
the same type of demodulated signal produced by 'envelop- Transducer line test: TLT test
ing', with this important difference: both frequency and am- Design: encapsulated circuit board, not
protected
plitude response of the SPM transducer are precisely tuned, Power consumption: max. 1.5 W, typical 0.8 W
so there is no need to find uncertain and shifting machine Operating temperature: 0 to +60 °C (32 to 140 °F)
resonances to get a signal. Storage temperature: -20 to +80 °C (- 4 to 176 °F)
Intellinova measures the shock amplitude by a shock pulse
measurement with the dBm/dBc or the LR/HR method and Mounting: plug-in connector and holding screws
for attachment in INC40
the results are bearing condition data for condition evalua- Dimensions: 212 x 70 x 37 mm
tion. The measurement also produces a time record that is Weight: approx. 200 g
subjected to a Fast Fourier Transform (FFT). The resulting
spectrum is used mostly for pattern recognition. Spectrum Part numbers
line amplitudes are influenced by too many factors to be INB80 Bearing Monit. Unit, transducers type 40000/coax cable
reliable condition indicators, so all condition evaluation is INB82 Bearing Monit. Unit, transducers type 42000/coax cable
based on the dBm or the HR values. INB80T Bearing Monit. Unit, transducers type 40000/pair cable
INB82T Bearing Monit. Unit, transducers type 42000/pair cable
12775 Connector for coaxial cable (INB 80/82)
Intellinova® – Vibration Monitoring Unit INV80A
212
70 55
The Vibration Monitoring Unit INV80A is a part of the Intell- Technical data
inova System and has eight channels for continuous monitor- Measuring methods: ISO 2372, ISO10816, FFT with symptom,
ing of vibrations. The unit is simply plugged into the socket EVAM, 2-channel vib, orbit
in the Intellinova Commander Unit. Measuring time, alarm Measuring channels: 8, multiplexing, 2 simultaneous
limits, alarm delay etc. are set up in Condmaster®Nova. Design: encapsulated circuit board, not protected
It supports broad band vibration measurement, both ISO Input connectors: screw terminals
2372 and the more recent ISO 10816, the most cost-efficient Power consumption: max. 1.5 W, typical 0.8 W
method for the diagnosis of general machine condition. Operating temp.: 0 to +60 °C (32 to 140 °F)
Storage temp.: -20 to +80 °C (- 4 to 176 °F)
It also supports FFT with symptoms and EVAM (Evaluated
Vibration Analysis Method). The EVAM method generates
Mounting: plug-in connector and holding screws for
condition parameters describing various aspects of machine
attachment in Commander Unit INC40
vibration, vibration spectra where significant line patterns
Dimensions: 212 x 70 x 37 mm
are highlighted and eval��
uated plus machine specific condi-
Weight: approx. 200 g
tion codes and condition values, based on a statistical evalu-
ation of the condition parameters and symptom values. Vibration analysis
For each measuring point, the user can make an individual Freq. limit, lower: 0.5, 2, 10 or 100 Hz
selection and define the type of data best suited for the Freq. limit, upper: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000, 10 000,
surveillance of an individual machine. 20 000, 40 000 Hz
Envelope HP filters: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000, 10 000 Hz
Two channel simultaneous vibration monitoring requires Measurem. windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, Flat Top
that either the measuring technique 'FFT with symptoms' Averages: time synch, FFT linear, FFT exponential,
or 'EVAM' is active in Condmaster Nova. This type of mea- FFT peak-hold
surement allows the user to study machine movement in Spectrum lines: 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800
two dimensions by observing the difference of the phase Transducer types: Vibration transducer SLD144 or IEPE (ICP®)
angles measured on the two channels. type transducers with voltage output
Orbit analysis is a vibration measurement function offered Orbit analysis

with the Vibration Monitoring Unit. The resulting orbit graph Orders: 1 to 5, default 1
shows the movement of the shaft’s centerline and is used Filter types: None, band pass, low pass
to detect failures like rubs, unbalance, misalignment or Signal unit: DISP, VEL, ACC
oil whip on machinery with journal bearings. Required are Measuring time: 1 to 25 revolutions
two channel simultaneous vibration measurement and two Transducer types: Buffered outputs from API670 approved
transducers placed at an angle of 90° to each other, plus a protection systems, alt. transducers SLD144
trigger signal from a tachometer probe. or IEPE (ICP®) type transducers with voltage
output
Intellinova® – Analog Monitoring Unit INAI10
212
70 55
The Analog Monitoring Unit INA I10 is a part of the Intel- Technical data
linova System and has ten channels for continuous moni- Current inputs: 8 channels, multiplexing
toring of analog signals. It measures 0 to 25 mA on eight Voltage inputs: 2 channels, multiplexing
channels and 1 to 10 V DC on two channels. Input resistance: current 100 W, voltage 86 kW
Measuring time: approx. 1 sec. per channel
The unit is simply plugged into the socket in the Intellinova Measurement range: 0 to 25 mA, 0 to 10 V DC
Commander Unit. Measuring units, range, quantities, alarm Resolution: 0.01 mA, 0.01V
limits etc. are set up in Condmaster®Nova. Meas. uncertainty: ± (1% +0.1 mA)
Design: encapsulated circuit board,
not protected
Input connectors: screw terminal
Power consumption: max. 0.5 W, typical 0.2 W
Storage temperature: -20 to +80 °C (- 4 to 176 °F)
attachment in Commander Unit
Intellinova® – Analog Output Unit INAO 80
212
70 55
The Analog Output Unit INAO 80 is a part of the Intellinova Technical data
System and has eight current outputs. The unit is simply Analog outputs: 8
plugged into the socket in the Intellinova Commander Output: 4 to 20 mA
Unit.
Power supply: 18 to 36 V DC, nom. 24 V DC
The unit converts the measuring values from the monitoring Ouput connectors: screw terminal
units to analog signals 4 – 20 mA for connection to PLC, Design: encapsulated circuit board,
DCS or other control systems. not protected
Power consumption: 0.1 W from INC40 and 2 W from external
power supply
Storage temperature: -20 to +80 °C (- 4 to 176 °F)
attachment in Commander Unit
Intellinova® – Accessories for System Unit INS10
27
129
8
37
444 1.4 41
INO10
40
5
49.5
49.5
82435
15881 / 15882 / 15883 / 15884
44.5 5 44.5 5
93380 93318
30
26
6
6
35
13 19
3 53.5 10 14 20
90307 93319 93384 15808 15885
Part numbers
INO10 Blind flange for Intellinova enclosure 82435 Cable inlet, Pg 29, for 8 measuring cables diam.
5 mm, IP65, brass/nickel-plated, PVC sealing
15881 Clamping yoke for earth rail, DIN, cable 3 - 8 mm
93380 Terminal block for DIN rail, nom. area 2.5 mm2
15882 Clamping yoke for earth rail, DIN, cable 4 -13,5 mm
93318 Switch block for DIN rail, nom. area 2.5 mm2
90307 End section for switch and terminal block
93319 End stop for DIN rail
15808 Cable inlet, Pg 7, for cable 3 - 6.5 mm, IP68, brass/
nickel-plated, Neoprene sealing 93384 Screw terminal, 4 pins, for digital in- and outputs
on Commander Unit
15885 Cable inlet, Pg 11, for cable 5 - 10 mm, IP68, brass/
nickel-plated, Neoprene sealing
Intellinova® – Power Supply Units
INO11
INO12
The power supply units in the Intellinova system are intended INO12 is required when supplying a System Unit and optional
for mounting on standard DIN rail. INO11 is used to supply a equipment with power consumption up to max. 50 W. The
standard Intellinova System Unit with a power consumption of units are delivered complete with internal cabling and terminal
max. 18 W. blocks for DIN rail.
Technical specifications, INO11 Technical specifications, INO12

Rated input voltage: 100 to 240 V AC (85 to 265 VAC) Rated input voltage: 100 to 240 VAC (85 to 264 VAC)
Frequency: 50/60 Hz Frequency: 50/60 Hz
Power rating: 18 W Power rating: 50 W
Rated otput voltage: + 24 V DC Rated output voltage: + 24 V DC
Voltage adjustment range: -10% to +20% Voltage adjustment range: -20% to +20%
Output current: 750 mA Rated output current: 2.2 A
Protection: input fuse, over load, over Protection: input fuse, over load, over voltage
voltage, output short circuit Ambient temperature: -10 to +70 °C
Ambient temperature: -10 to +50 °C Storage temperature: -25 to +65 °C (with no icing or
Storage temperature: -25 to +85 °C (with no icing or condensation)
condensation) Relative humidity: 30% to 85% RH
Relative humidity: 20% to 95% RH Dimensions (w x h x d): 38.6 x 90 x 153 mm
Dimensions (w x h x d): 22.5 x 90 x 115 mm Approved standards: UL: UL508 (Listing), UL60950-1,
Approved standards: UL/cUL (UL508/UL1310 Listed, UL1604 (Class I/Division 2, Listing).
Class 2 Power Supply), TUV CSA: cUL: C22.2 No.14, No.213
(EN60950), CE (EN5008-1/ (Class I/Division 2), cUR: No. 60950-
EN55022 for EMI, EN50082-1/ 1. EN: EN50178, EN60950-1. SELV
EN55024 for EMS), FCC (Class B) (EN60950-1). According to VDE0160/
P100 SEMI-F47 (200 VAC input)
Intellinova® – Relay INO16
70,5
67
16 85.5
Internal connections
INO16 is a slim relay of plug-in type mounted in a socket for

DIN rail mounting. It has a LED indicator showing mechanical
operation and a test button (A). The relay is delivered complete Commander Unit
with socket and internal cabling for Intellinova System Unit.
DO
DO
Technical specifications, INO16
DO1
Poles: 2 –
Rated coil voltage: 24 VDC
Rated coil current: 21.6 mA
Digital out
Power consumption: 0.53 W
+24 V DC
Load: resistive load (cos φ =1), inductive load
(cos φ =0.4; L/R=7 ms)
1(–)
Rated load: resistive; 5A/250 VAC, 5 A /30 V DC
inductive; 2A/250 VAC, 3A/30 V DC 8(+)
Rated carry current: 5A

Max. switching voltage: 380 VAC, 125 VDC
A
Max. switching current: 5 A
Max. switching power: resistive; 1250 VA, 150 W
inductive; 500 VA, 90 W
Amb. temperature: -40° to 70° C (no condensation)
4 5
Amb. humidity: 5% to 85% (operating)
NO
2 7
Dimensions: 85.5 x 67 x 16 mm NC
Mounting: DIN rail
3 6 –+
Approved standards: UL508 (File No. E41643), IEC/VDE 24 V DC
(EN61810), CSA 22.2 No.0, No.14 (File
No. LR311928), LR
Intellinova® – Key Phasor Interface INO17
INO17 is a tachometer sensor interface ideal for connect-

ing the Intellinova online system to buffered outputs of a
Main application
machine protection system. It has two input channels with
common 12 V power supply from Intellinova. The interface
has three main functions:
1. It converts signals from proximity probes (Eddy current)

via buffered outputs of a machine protection system. The
interface will automatically find the voltage threshold for
the various sensors.
2. When using sensors with high output frequency the 'DIV'

output can be used for division of the frequency to 1/10 of
the input signal. Additional division to 1/100 can be made
by connecting both channels in series.
3. When the interface is connected to an open collector

output the 'PULL' input can be used to ensure the trigger
level and filter out noise.
INO17 is intended for DIN rail mounting and is delivered

with internal cabling for connection to the terminal blocks
for digital input (option) in the Intellinova System Unit.
Technical specifications
Power supply: 12 V DC
Power consumption: 0.3 W
Pulse frequency: max. 100 kHz at 50% duty cycle
Pulse amplitude: min. 2 V
Input pulse: low level –33 V to +2.5 V
high level – 22 V to +33 V
Amb. temperature: 0° to 60° C (no condensation) Buffered outputs on
Amb. humidity: 10 % to 90 % (operating) machine protection system
Mounting: DIN rail 35 mm
Machine Guard MG4-1
Machine Guard MG4-1 is a stand-alone measuring unit for Technical specifications

continuous monitoring of machine vibration on one channel. Vibration channels: 1
It measures vibration severity (true RMS value of vibration
Analog outputs (1): 4-20 mA, selective range,
velocity) according to ISO 10816. no galvanic separation
Machine Guard MG4-1 provides: Main relay (1): 250 Vac, 5 A, 1250 VA
Secondary relays (2): 125 Vac, 1 A, 60 VA,
• Two programmable alarm levels and status display 150 Vdc, 1 A, 30 W
(green - yellow - red light) Power supply: 230 Vac, 115 Vac or
• Display of measured value with continuous updates 15 to 30 Vac/Vdc
• Analog output current 4 - 20 mA with programmable Power consumption: max. 6 VA
range or complete data on LAN (Modbus network Temperature range: 0° to 50° C (32° to 122° F)
using RTU) Casing: Polycarbonate/PVC, IP65
• Relays 250 V (1) and 125 V (2) with programmable Input connector: Silver plated brass, 10 –15 μ
alarm levels.
Display screen: LCD, 4 x 16 characters, back-
lighted
MG4-1 has a casing for wall mounting, IP65. It can be sup-
plied with mains power or be connected to a PLC. Measur- Status display: Green, yellow, red LED
ing time, alarm levels, alarm delay and the channel/relay Dimensions: 200 x 144 x 77 mm
combinations are programmed, using the push buttons on Weight: 1060 grams
the front panel.
Vibration channel (VIB)
The following options are selected on ordering the unit:
Power supply: (0 to 1.9 inch/s RMS)
• 230 Vac, 115 Vac or 15 to 30 Vac/Vdc Resolution: 0.1 mm/s (0.01 inch/s)
Frequency, lower limit: 3, 10, or 100 Hz
Vibration channel:
• Lower frequency range 3, 10 or 100 Hz Frequency, upper limit: 1000 or 2000 Hz
• Upper frequency range 1000 or 2000 Hz Measuring time: Programmable 1 to 15 s
• Modification for vibration transducers without pre- Alarm limits: 2, programmable

amplifier (TRV-01, TRV-12/13) Alarm delay: 0 to 600 seconds, steps of 2 s
Fault indication: Transducer line test for short
As an option the MG4 can be equipped with a RS-485 port and open circuit
for sending data via a LAN network. MG4 units equipped Transducer type: SLD122 or TRV-18/19/20/21
for network have no analog outputs. with isolated installation foot
TRX-18/19
Tel +46 152 22500 • Fax +46 152 15075 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2006-10. TD-141B
Machine Guard MG4-2

continuous monitoring of machine vibration on two channels. Vibration channels: 2, multiplexing
It measures vibration severity (true RMS value of vibration
Analog outputs (2): 4-20 mA, selective range,
velocity) according to ISO 10816. no galvanic separation
Main relay (1): 250 Vac, 5 A, 1250 VA
Machine Guard MG4-2 provides:
• Two programmable alarm levels per channel and status Secondary relays (4): 125 Vac, 1 A, 60 VA,
150 Vdc, 1 A, 30 W
display (green - yellow - red light)
Power supply: 230 Vac, 115 Vac or
• Display of measured value with continuous updates 15 to 30 Vac/Vdc
• Analog output current 4 - 20 mA with programmable Power consumption: max. 6 VA
range or complete data on LAN (Modbus network Temperature range: 0° to 50° C (32° to 122° F)
using RTU) Casing: Polycarbonate/PVC, IP65
• Relays 250 V (1) and 125 V (4) with programmable Input connectors: Silver plated brass, 10 –15 μ
alarm levels.
Display screen: LCD, 4 x 16 characters, back-
lighted
Status display: Green, yellow, red LED
plied with mains power or be connected to a PLC. Measur-
ing time, alarm levels, alarm delay and the channel/relay Dimensions: 200 x 144 x 77 mm
combinations are programmed, using the push buttons on Weight: 1070 grams
the front panel.
Power supply: (0 to 1.9 inch/s RMS)
• 230 Vac, 115 Vac or 15 to 30 Vac/Vdc Resolution: 0.1 mm/s (0.01 inch/s)
Vibration channel:
• Lower frequency range 3, 10 or 100 Hz Frequency, upper limit: 1000 or 2000 Hz
• Upper frequency range 1000 or 2000 Hz Measuring time: Programmable 1 to 15 s
• Modification for vibration transducers without pre- Alarm limits: 2, programmable

amplifier (TRV-01, TRV-12/13) Alarm delay: 0 to 600 seconds, steps of 2 s
As an option the MG4 can be equipped with a RS-485 port and open circuit
for sending data via a LAN network. MG4 units equipped Transducer type: SLD122 or TRV-18/19/20/21
for network have no analog outputs. with isolated installation foot
TRX-18/19
Tel +46 152 22500 • Fax +46 152 15075 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2006-10 TD-142B
Machine Guard MG4-12

continuous monitoring of machine vibration (one channel) Vibration channels: 1
and bearing condition (two channels). It measures vibration SPM channels: 2, multiplexing
severity (true RMS value of vibration velocity) according Analog outputs (3): 4-20 mA, selective range,
to ISO 10816 and shock pulses according to the true SPM no galvanic separation
method. Main relay (1): 250 Vac, 5 A, 1250 VA
Machine Guard MG4-12 provides: 150 Vdc, 1 A, 30 W
• Two programmable alarm levels per channel and status Power supply: 230 Vac, 115 Vac or
display (green - yellow - red light) 15 to 30 Vac/Vdc
Power consumption: max. 6 VA
• Display of measured value with continuous updates
Temperature range: 0° to 50° C (32° to 122° F)
• Analog output current 4 - 20 mA with programmable Casing: Polycarbonate/PVC, IP65
range or complete data on LAN (Modbus network Input connectors: Silver plated brass, 10 –15 μ
using RTU) Display screen: LCD, 4 x16 characters, back-
• Relays 250 V (1) and 125 V (4) with programmable lighted
alarm levels. Status display: Green, yellow, red LED
MG4-12 has a casing for wall mounting, IP65. It can be sup- Weight: 1140 grams
plied with mains power or be connected to a PLC. Measur-
ing time, alarm levels, alarm delay and the channel/relay Measuring range: 0.5 to 49.9 mm/s RMS
combinations are programmed, using the push buttons on (0 to 1.9 inch/s RMS)
the front panel. Resolution: 0.1 mm/s (0.01 inch/s)
Frequency, upper limit: 1000 or 2000 Hz
Power supply: Measuring time: Programmable 1 to 15 s
• 230 Vac, 115 Vac or 15 to 30 Vac/Vdc Alarm limits: 2, programmable
Alarm delay: 0 to 600 seconds, steps of 2 s
Vibration channel: Fault indication: Transducer line test for short
• Lower frequency range 3, 10 or 100 Hz and open circuit
Transducer type: SLD122 or TRV-18/19/20/21
• Upper frequency range 1000 or 2000 Hz
with isolated installation foot
• Modification for vibration transducers without pre- TRX-18/19
amplifier (TRV-01, TRV-12/13) Bearing channel (SPM)
SPM method: dBm/dBc or LR/HR, evaluated
Bearing channel: Measuring range: 0 to 99 dBsv
• dBm/dBc or LR/HR technique Resolution: 1 dBsv
As an option the MG4 can be equipped with a RS-485 port Alarm limits: 2, programmable
for sending data via a LAN network. MG4 units equipped Alarm delay: 0 to 600 seconds, steps of 2 s
for network have no analog outputs. Fault indication: Transducer line test of
measuring circuit quality
Transducer type: SPM 40000 or 42000
Machine Guard MG4-22

continuous monitoring of machine vibration (two channels) Vibration channels: 2, multiplexing
and bearing condition (two channels). It measures vibration SPM channels: 2, multiplexing
severity (true RMS value of vibration velocity) according Analog outputs (4): 4-20 mA, selective range,
to ISO 10816 and shock pulses according to the true SPM no galvanic separation
method. Main relay (1): 250 Vac, 5 A, 1250 VA
Machine Guard MG4-22 provides: 150 Vdc, 1 A, 30 W
Power supply: 230 Vac, 115 Vac or
• Two programmable alarm levels per channel and status
15 to 30 Vac/Vdc
display (green - yellow - red light)
• Display of measured value with continuous updates Temperature range: 0° to 50° C (32° to 122° F)
• Analog output current 4 - 20 mA with programmable Casing: Polycarbonate/PVC, IP65
range or complete data on LAN (Modbus network Input connectors: Silver plated brass, 10 –15 μ
using RTU) Display screen: LCD, 4 x 16 characters, back-
lighted
• Relays 250 V (1) and 125 V (4) with programmable Status display: Green, yellow, red LED
alarm levels. Dimensions: 200 x 144 x 77 mm
Weight: 1150 grams
plied with mains power or be connected to a PLC. Measur- Vibration channel (VIB)
ing time, alarm levels, alarm delay and the channel/relay Measuring range: 0.5 to 49.9 mm/s RMS
combinations are programmed, using the push buttons on (0 to 1.9 inch/s RMS)
the front panel. Resolution: 0.1 mm/s (0.01 inch/s)
The following options are selected on ordering the unit: Frequency, upper limit: 1000 or 2000 Hz
Power supply: Measuring time: Programmable 1 to 15 s
• 230 Vac, 115 Vac or 15 to 30 Vac/Vdc Alarm limits: 2, programmable
Vibration channel: Fault indication: Transducer line test for short
and open circuit
• Lower frequency range 3, 10 or 100 Hz
Transducer type: SLD122 or TRV-18/19/20/21
• Upper frequency range 1000 or 2000 Hz with isolated installation foot
TRX-18/19
• Modification for vibration transducers without pre-
amplifier (TRV-01, TRV-12/13) Bearing channel (SPM)
SPM method: dBm/dBc or LR/HR, evaluated
Bearing channel: Measuring range: 0 to 99 dBsv
• dBm/dBc or LR/HR technique Resolution: 1 dBsv
Alarm limits: 2, programmable
As an option the MG4 can be equipped with a RS-485 port
for sending data via a LAN network. MG4 units equipped Fault indication: Transducer line test of measuring
for network have no analog outputs. circuit quality
Transducer type: SPM 40000 or 42000
Machine Guard MG4-REF11
Machine Guard MG4-REF11 is a measuring unit for conti- Technical specifications

nuous monitoring of mechanical shocks arising when the Vibration monitoring: 1 channel
disc segments in a refiner touches each other (one channel) Shock pulse monitoring: 1 channel
and machine vibration (one channel). It measures vibration Analog outputs (4): 4 - 20 mA, selective range, VIB (1),
severity (true RMS value of vibration velocity) according to Shock Level (1), dBc (1), dBm (1),
no galvanic separation
ISO 2372. It provides, for each channel:
Main relay (1): 250 Vac, 5 A, 1250 VA
• Status display (green - red light) and system fault Secondary relays (4): 125 Vac, 1 A, 60 VA,
(yellow light) 150 Vdc, 1 A, 30 W
Power supply: 230 Vac or 115 Vac
• Display of measured value with continuous updates
• Analog output current 4 - 20 mA with programmable Temperature range: 0° to 50° C (32° to 122° F)
range Casing: Polycarbonate/PVC, IP65
• Relay action at two programmable alarm levels (red Input connectors: TNC, silver plated brass, 10 –15 μ
alarm) Display screen: LCD, 4x16 characters, backlighted
Status display: Green, yellow, red LED
A shock pulse transducer is fixed to the refiner housing so
that mechanical shocks from the segments are transmitted
Weight: 1140 grams
to the transducer with a minimum of reduction. The trans-
ducer signal is transmitted via the cables to the MG4-REF11 Vibration channel (VIB)
electronics which analyse the frequency of occurrence and Measuring range: 0.5 to 49.9 mm/s RMS
magnitude. (0 to 1.9 inch/s RMS)
Resolution: 0.1 mm/s (0.01 inch/s)
When the unit is in its normal measuring mode, the green Frequency range: 10 to 1000 Hz
- red status light shows the status of the channel with the Measuring time: Programmable 1 to 15 sec
worst condition. The yellow status light indicates system Alarm limits: 2, programmable, A1 (max) and
A2 (min)
fault. The display shows the measuring result on both chan-
nels.
During normal operation the instrument reading is 20 to 60 and open circuit
%. If the discs run together, corresponding to an instrument Transducer type: SLD122 or TRV-20/21 with
isolated installation foot
reading above 70 %, a relay is activated and a signal is given TRX-18/19
to open the disc gap.
Shock pulse channel (SPM)
The measuring results can be put on any of the available ana- SPM method: dBm/dBc
log output channels and connected with any of the relays. Measuring time: approx. 0.4 s
Measuring range: 0 to 99 dBsv
MG4-REF11 has a casing for wall mounting, IP65. It can be Resolution: 1 dBsv
connected to a PLC via the analog outputs. Measuring time, Alarm limits: 2, programmable A1 (max) and
alarm levels, alarm delay and the channel/relay combinations A2 (min)
are programmed, using the push buttons on the front panel.
Fault indication: Transducer line test of measuring
Power supply, 230 Vac or 115 Vac, and type of shock pulse circuit quality, every 2 min.
transducer are selected on ordering the unit. Transducer type: SPM 42000
CMM System - Encapsulated Modules
BMM-40 BDM-40 BMM-42 BDM-42 DMM-13/14 DMM-12

Bearing Monitoring
SPM 40000
45011-L (max. 4 m)
SPM 42000
45011-L (max.100 m) 46098-L/

46099-L
VMM-14/15 VMM-20/21 VDM-14/15 VDM-20/21
Vibration Monitoring TMM-12/

TMM-13
SLD-121 A/E
Temperature
46050-L to PLC
The CMM System Bearing Monitoring Modules

The CMM system is a permanently installed, continuous BMM-40 2 channels, for transducer 40000
condition monitoring system, consisting of transducers, (max. cable length L = 4 m)
converters, and combined display and control modules. BMM-42 2 channels, for transducer 42000
The transducers measure bearing condition (shock pulse (max. cable length L = 100 m)
method), vibration severity (ISO 10816), and temperature. BDM-40 2 channels with display, for transducer 40000
(max. cable length L = 4 m)
The converters, with or without display of measured value,
BDM-42 2 channels with display, for transducer 42000
transform the shock pulse and vibration transducer signals
(max. cable length L = 100 m)
into 4 to 20 mA analog signals. The temperature transmitter
has an output of 4 to 20 mA.
Transducers and cables
The display modules (DMM) have two input channels for 4
SLD121A Vibration transducer, M8
to 20 mA, and two relay outputs (24 V / 100 mA).
SLD121E Vibration transducer, UNF 1/4"
TRV-18 Vibration transducer, M8
Display Modules TRV-19 Vibration transducer, UNF 1/4"
DMM-12 2 channels, 4-20 mA in, 2 relays (24 V/100 mA), TRX-18 Insulation foot for vibration transducer TRV-18
for 35 mm DIN rail TRX-19 Insulation foot for vibration transducer TRV-19
DMM-13 2 channels, 4-20 mA in, 2 relays (24 V/100 mA), 40000 Shock Pulse Transducer
in cabinet IP 65, 1 x Pg11 cable inlet 42000 Shock Pulse Transducer with matching unit
DMM-14 Identical with DMM-13 but with 1 x Pg11 plus
45011-L Coaxial cable with connectors, TNC-TNC, temp.
2 x Pg7 cable inlets
range -10° to +70°C (L = length in meters)
46050-L Coaxial cable with connectors, TNC-SMB, temp.
Vibration Monitoring Modules
range -10° to +70° C (L = length in meters)
VMM-14 1 channel, 10-1000 Hz
VMM-15 1 channel, 3 -1000 Hz TMM-12 4-20 mA Temperature transmitter, M8
TMM-13 4-20 mA Temperature transmitter, UNC5/16"
VMM-20 2 channels, 10-1000 Hz 46098-L Twisted pair cable for TMM-12/13, -65 to 200°C
VMM-21 2 channels, 3 -1000 Hz 46099-L Twisted pair cable for TMM-12/13, -40 to 90°C
VDM-14 1 channel with display, 10-1000 Hz
VDM-15 1 channel with display, 3 -1000 Hz Accessories
14141 Cabinet with mounting rails for DMM-12
VDM-20 2 channels with display, 10-1000 Hz
14142 Mounting rail, 35 mm DIN, length 357 mm
VDM-21 2 channels with display, 3 -1000 Hz
OMR-10 Power supply module for 35 mm DIN rail,
15 W, 24 V, 0.6 A
Tel +46 152 22500 • Fax +46 152 15075 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2008-09. TD-108.B
CMM System - Bearing Monitoring Module BMM
Module Transducer Cable length

110 BMM-40 40000 max. 4 m
94 56 BMM-42 42000 max. 100 m
124
109
149
Bearing Monitoring Modules BMM are converters with Technical data
two channels which output 4-20 mA proportional to the un
Measuring method: SPM dBm, unnormalized maximum
normalized maximum value of the shock pulses measured on
value
a bearing. The measuring time is approximately 1 second per
channel. The measuring range for both channels together can Measuring channels: 2, multiplexing
be jumper set to either 0 to 80 or 20 to 100 dBsv.
Measuring range 1: 0 to 80 dBsv
The 4-20 mA current can be supplied to an display module of (5 dB /mA, 0.2 mA/dB)
type DMM, to a PLC or to a computer controlled monitoring Measuring range 2: 20 to 100 dBsv
system (e.g. SPM's CMS System). (6.25 dB/mA, 0.16 mA/dB)
There are two versions: Measuring time: approx. 1 second per channel
BMM-40 for shock pulse transducer type 40000. The coaxial Transducer type: SPM 40000 (BMM-40),
cable used between transducer and module is max. 4 m. SPM 42000 (BMM-42)
BMM-42 for shock pulse transducer type 42000. The coaxial Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L, or SPM
cable used between transducer and module is max. 100 m. 90267-L (L = length in m)
The modules are wall mounted and supplied with 12 to Analog output: 4 to 20 mA, no galvanic separation
24 V DC. A transducer line fault is indicated by an output of
Fault indication: ≤ 1 mA out = interrupted or faulty
≤ 1 mA. This output can be changed to 4 mA by a jumper
transducer line
setting, which is common for both channels.
Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce
signal accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V,
800 Ω at 24 V)
Signal conversion
Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (±10%, tested
mA 20 according to EN 50082-2)
18
Supply current: max. 0.1 A
16
14 Cable inlet: IP65 at ø 5.5 to 10 mm
12 Input connectors: silver plated brass, 10 to 15 μ
10
Housing: polycarbonate, IP65
8
6 Vibration exposure: max 5 mm/s RMS
4 Temperature range: 0° to 55° C
0
1: 0 20 40 60 80 dBsv Mounting screws: 4 screws, ø 4 mm,
2: 20 40 60 80 100 dBsv
spacing 109 x 94 mm
Weight: 300 g
CMM System - Bearing Display Module BDM
Module Transducer Cable length

BDM-40A 40000 max. 4 m
110
BDM-42A 42000 max. 100 m
94 56
124
109
149
Bearing Display Modules BDM have two functions: Technical data
• they measure bearing condition (unnormalized maxi- Measuring method: SPM dBm, unnormalized maximum
mum value) on two channels and convert the result into value
an analog 4-20 mA signal which can be sent to a PLC. Measuring channels: 2, multiplexing
• they display analog 4-20 mA signals as a 3 digit meas- Measuring range 1: 0 to 80 dBsv
ured value. All units have two inputs for analog 4-20 (5 dB /mA, 0.2mA/dB)
mA, connected to the value display, the condition Measuring range 2: 20 to 100 dBsv
display and the alarm relays. The analog signal normally (6.25 dB /mA, 0.16 mA/dB)
comes from the module's measuring channels, but can Measuring time: approx. 1 second per channel
even come from external sources. Transducer type: SPM 40000 (BDM-40A),
SPM 42000 (BDM-42A)
There are two versions: Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L, or
BDM-40A for shock pulse transducer type 40000. The coaxial 90267-L (L = length in m)
cable between transducer and module is max. 4 m. Analog output: 4 to 20 mA, no galvanic separation
BDM-42A for shock pulse transducer type 42000. The coaxial Fault indication: ≤1 mA out = interrupted or faulty
cable between transducer and module is max. 100 m. transducer line
Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce
The measuring range for both channels can be jumper set signal accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V,
to either 0 to 80 or 20 to 100 dBsv. The modules are wall 800 Ω at 24 V)
mounted and supplied with 12 to 24 V DC. A transducer line Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (± 10%, tested accord-
fault is indicated by an output of ≤ 1 mA. This output can be ing to EN 50082-2)
disconnected by a jumper setting.
Supply current: max 0.15 A
The display circuit acts as a programmable ampere meter Cable inlet: IP 65 at ø 5.5 to 10 mm
with two channels. Using two push-buttons, one can select Input connectors: silver plated brass, 10 to 15µ
preprogrammed measuring units and ranges from a list and Housing: polycarbonate, IP65
set two alarm levels (with alarm delay) for each channel. These Temperature range: 0° to 55° C
are connected to the condition display (green–yellow –red)
Vibration exposure: max 5 mm/s RMS
and to two relay outputs.
The relays can be controlled by either display channel. In Mounting screws: 4 screws, ø4 mm, spacing 109 x 94 mm
one channel mode, both relays are slaved to a single display Weight: 400 g
channel and provide relay switching at two levels (ALERT and
ALARM). In two channel mode, each display channel uses one Signal to display: 4 to 20 mA, 2 channels
relay which switches at the ALARM level. Relays: 2, max. 24 V/100 mA
Value display: 3 digits LED
Condition display: green, yellow, and red LED
Alarm limits: 2 per input channel, set with push-
buttons
Push-buttons: 2, for display control, alarm limit and
alarm delay setting
CMM System - Vibration Monitoring Module VMM
Module Channels Freq. range

VMM-14 1 10 - 1000 Hz
110 VMM-15 1 3 - 1000 Hz
VMM-20 2 10 - 1000 Hz
94 56 VMM-21 2 3 - 1000 Hz
124
109
149
VMM-14/15 VMM-20/21
Vibration Monitoring Modules VMM are programmable Technical data

converters which supply a 4-20 mA signal proportional to the Measuring method: vibration severity similar to ISO 10816
RMS-value of vibration velocity. There are four versions: (modified frequency range,VMM-15/21)
VMM-14: 1 channel, frequency range 10 - 1000 Hz Channels: 1 (VMM-14/15), 2 (VMM-20/21)
VMM-15: 1 channel, frequency range 3 - 1000 Hz Measuring range 1: 0 - 5 mm/s (0 -0.19 inch/s)
VMM-20: 2 channels, frequency range 10 - 1000 Hz Resolution: 3.2 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 0.313 mm/s
VMM-21: 2 channels, frequency range 3 - 1000 Hz. Measuring range 2: 0 - 10mm/s (0 - 0.39 inch/s)
The frequency range of 3 to 1000 Hz is suitable for machines Resolution: 1.6 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 0.625 mm/s
with rotational speed down to 180 r.p.m. Measuring range 3: 0 - 20mm/s (0 - 0.78 inch/s)
Resolution: 0.8 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 1.25 mm/s
The measuring range can be DIP switch set to either 0 to 5,
Measuring range 4: 0 - 40mm/s (0 - 1,57 inch/s)
0 to 10, 0 to 20 or 0 to 40 mm/s.
The 4-20 mA output can be supplied to a display module Frequency range: 10 to 1000 Hz (VMM-14/20)
type DMM, to a PLC or to a computer controlled monitoring 3 to 1000 Hz (VMM-15/21)
system (e.g. SPM's CMS System). Transducer type: TRV-18/19, SLD121
A transducer line fault causes an output of <1 mA. If this Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L ,
should interfere with PLC operations, the min. output can be or 90267-L, (L = max. 50 m)
jumper set to 4 mA, individually for each channel. Analog output: 4 to 20 mA, no galvanic separation
Fault indication: ≤ 1 mA out for open or short circuit
The vibration transducer is connected via coaxial cable with
Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce signal
TNC connectors. The module is wall mounted with 4 screws
accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V, 800 Ω at
ø 4 mm and supplied with 12 to 24 V DC. The cable inlet is 24 V)
tight for cable diameters 5.5 to 10 mm.
Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (± 10%, according to
EN 50082-2)
Cable inlet: IP 65 at ø 5.5 to 10 mm
Input connectors: silver plated brass, 10 to 15 µ
Housing: polycarbonate, IP65
Temperature range: 0° to 55° C
Mounting screws: 4 screws, ø 4mm, spacing 109x94 mm
Weight: 300 g
CMM System - Vibration Display Module VDM
Module Channels Freq. range

VDM-14A 1 10 - 1000 Hz
VDM-15A 1 3 - 1000 Hz
110 VDM-20A 2 10 - 1000 Hz
94 56 VDM-21A 2 3 - 1000 Hz
124
109
149
VDM-14/15 VDM-20/21
Vibration Display Modules VDM have two functions: Technical data

• they measure the RMS-value of vibration velocity on Measuring method: vibration severity similar to ISO 10816
(modified lower freq., VDM-15A/21A)
one or two channels and convert it to an analog 4-20
Vibration channels: 1 (VDM-14A/15A), 2 (VDM-20A/21A)
mA signal which can be sent to a PLC.
Measuring range 1: 0-5 mm/s (0-0,19 inch/s)
• they display analog 4-20 mA signals as a 3 digit meas-
Resolution: 3,2 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 0,313 mm/s
ured value. All units have two inputs for analog 4-20
mA, connected to the value display, the condition dis- Measuring range 2: 0-10mm/s (0-0,39 inch/s)
play and the alarm relays. The analog signal normally Resolution: 1,6 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 0,625 mm/s
comes from the unit's measuring channel(s), but can Measuring range 3: 0-20mm/s (0-0,78 inch/s)
even come from external sources. Resolution: 0,8 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 1,25 mm/s
Measuring range 4: 0-40mm/s (0-1,57 inch/s)
There are four versions:
VDM-14A: 1 vibration channel, frequency range 10 - 1000 Hz
VDM-15A: 1 vibration channel, frequency range 3 - 1000 Hz Frequency range: 10 to 1000 Hz (VDM-14A/20A)
VDM-20A: 2 vibration channels, frequency range 10 -1000 Hz 3 to 1000 Hz (VDM-15A/21A)
VDM-21A: 2 vibration channels, frequency range 3 - 1000 Hz. Transducer type: TRV-18/19, SLD121
Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L , or 90267-L
The vibration transducer is connected via coaxial cable. The (L= max. 50 m)
module is wall mounted and supplied with 12 to 24 V DC. Analog output: 4 to 20 mA, no galvanic separation
The cable inlet is tight for cable diameters 5.5 to 10 mm. A Fault indication: ≤ 1 mA out for open or short circuit
transducer line fault causes an output of <1 mA. If this should Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce
interfere with PLC operations, the min. output can be jumper signal accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V,
800 Ω at 24 V)
set to 4 mA, individually for each measuring channel.
Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (± 10%, tested according to
The display circuit acts as a programmable ampere meter EN 50082-2), max 0.15 A
with two channels. Using two push-buttons, one can select Housing: polycarbonate, IP65
preprogrammed measuring units and ranges from a list and Temperature range: 0 to 55 °C
set two alarm levels (with alarm delay) for each channel. Vibration exposure: max. 5 mm/s RMS
These are connected to the condition display (green - yellow Cable inlet: IP 65 at ø 5.5 to 10 mm
- red) and to two relay outputs. The relays can be controlled Input connectors: silver plated brass, 10 to 15 μ
by either display channel. In one channel mode, both relays Dimensions: 110 x 149 x 56 mm
are slaved to a single display channel and provide relay Mounting screws: 4 screws, ø 4 mm, spacing 109 x 94 mm
switching at two levels (ALERT and ALARM). In two channel Weight: 400 g
mode, each display channel uses one relay which switches Signal to display: 4 to 20 mA, 2 channels
at the ALARM level. Relays: 2, max. 24 V/100 mA
Value display: 3 digits, LED
Alarm limits: 2 per display channel
Push-buttons: 2, for display control and programming
CMM System - Display Module DMM-12
80
35
16
71 43
DMM-12 is a condition display module for 4-20 mA analog Technical data

signals. Measured quantities and ranges are selected from a Input channels: 2
preprogrammed list (13 programs) or from user defined
programs (7 programs). Input signals: 4 to 20 mA
Relays (2): 24V / 100 mA

The display module is clipped onto a standard mounting rail
in a control cabinet or similar, and supplied with 12 to 24 V Measuring range: selected to match the signal input
DC, source referred to earth.
The display module has two input channels and two relay Status display: green, yellow, and red LED
outputs. The relays can be controlled by either input chan-
nel. In one channel mode, both relays are slaved to a single Alarm limits: 2 per input channel, set with push-
input channel and provide relay switching at two levels buttons
(ALERT and ALARM). In two channel mode, each input Alarm delay: 0 - 600 seconds for each alarm level
channel uses one relay which switches at a preset ALARM
level. Push-buttons: 2, for display control and
programming
Programmable parameters for each input channel are the
Fault indication: blinking yellow LED = signal
measuring range, the two alarm levels ALERT and ALARM,
below 4 mA
and the alarm delay. These are input using two push but-
tons. Power failure will not erase the program. Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (± 10%, tested
according to EN50082-2)
Condition display is provided by three coloured LEDs. The
green LED is on while measured values are below the ALERT Supply current: max 0.1 A
level. Measured values between ALERT and ALARM on Vibration exposure: max. 5 mm/s RMS
either channel trigger a yellow LED, and a red LED lights up
when a measured value exceeds an ALARM level. A blinking Housing: polyamide, not protected
yellow LED indicates a system fault (incoming signal below Temperature range: 0ϒ to 55ϒ C
4 mA).
The measured value is displayed with three digits. In two
Mounting: clip on to 35 mm DIN rail
channel mode the status LED's and the display alternates
between the two channels and shows the channel number Weight: 100 g
followed by the measured value on this channel.
CMM System - Display Module DMM-13/14
110
124 94 56
109
143
DMM-13 DMM-14
DMM-13 and DMM-14 are condition display modules for Technical data
4-20 mA analog signals. Measured quantities and ranges are Input channels: 2
selected from a preprogrammed list (13 programs) or from
Input signals: 4 to 20 mA
user defined programs (7 programs). DMM-14 has two extra
cable inlets of type Pg 7. Relays (2): 24V / 100 mA
The display module can be wall mounted separately or in a Measuring range: selected to match the signal input
control cabinet or similar. It is supplied with 12 to 24 V DC. Value display: 3 digits, LED
The display module has two input channels and two relay Status display: green, yellow, and red LED
outputs. The relays can be controlled by either input channel.
Alarm limits: 2 per input channel, set with push-
In one channel mode, both relays are slaved to a single input
buttons
ALARM). In two channel mode, each input channel uses one Alarm delay: 0 - 600 seconds for each alarm level
relay which switches at a preset ALARM level.
Push-buttons: 2, for display control and
Programmable parameters for each input channel are the programming
measuring range, the two alarm levels ALERT and ALARM, Fault indication: blinking yellow LED = signal
and the alarm delay. These are input using two push buttons. below 4 mA
Power failure will not erase the program.
Condition display is provided by three coloured LEDs. The according to EN50082-2)
green LED is on while measured values are below the ALERT
level. Measured values between ALERT and ALARM on either
channel trigger a yellow LED, and a red LED lights up when a Vibration exposure: max. 5 mm/s RMS
measured value exceeds the ALARM level. A blinking yellow
Cable inlets: Pg11, IP65 at ø5.5 to 10 mm
LED indicates a system fault (incoming signal below 4 mA).
Pg7, IP65 at ø3 to 6.5 mm (DMM-14)
The measured value is displayed with three digits. In two
Housing: polycarbonate, IP 65
channel mode the status LED's and the display alternates
between the two channels and shows the channel number Temperature range: 0° to 55° C
followed by the measured value on this channel. Dimensions: 110 x 143 x 56 mm
Mounting: 4 screws, ø4 mm, spacing 109x94 mm
Weight: 320 g
CMM System - Modules for Rack Mounting
14880
VMR BMR DMR / VDR / BDR VMR-BO 81335 SMR-50
The CMM System Bearing Monitoring Rack Modules

The CMM system is a permanently installed, continuous BMR-40 2 channels, for transducer 40000
condition monitoring system, consisting of transducers, con- (max. cable length L = 4 m)
verters, power supply modules, and combined display and BMR-42 2 channels, for transducer 42000
control modules. (max. cable length L = 100 m)
The transducers measure bearing condition (shock pulse BDR-40 2 channels with display, for transducer 40000
method), vibration severity (ISO 10816), and temperature. (max. cable length L = 4 m)
The converters, with or without display of measured value, BDR-42 2 channels with display, for transducer 42000
transform the shock pulse and vibration transducer signals (max. cable length L = 100 m)
into 4 to 20 mA analog signals. The temperature transducer
has an output of 4 to 20 mA. The display modules (DMR) Display Module for Rack
have two input channels for 4 to 20 mA, and two relay DMR-14 2 channels, 4-20 mA in, 2 relays (24 V/100 mA)
outputs (24 V / 100 mA).
Accessories
This line of modules is intended for rack mounting. The 19" 14880 19" subrack, 3U high, compl. with cover plates
subrack holds up to 12 modules (7HP). SMR-50 Power supply module, 115/230 V AC / 24 V DC
81335 Blank panel, 3U x 7HP
Vibration Monitoring Rack Modules
VMR-14 1 channel, 10-1000 Hz Transducers and cables
VMR-15 1 channel, 3 -1000 Hz TRV-18 Vibration transducer, M8
VMR-20 2 channels,10-1000 Hz TRV-19 Vibration transducer, UNF 1/4"
VMR-21 2 channels, 3 -1000 Hz TRX-18 Insulation foot for vibration transducer TRV-18
VMR-14 BO 1 channel, 10-1000 Hz, with bypass output TRX-19 Insulation foot for vibration transducer TRV-19
VMR-15 BO 1 channel, 3 -1000 Hz, with bypass output 40000 Shock pulse transducer
VMR-20 BO 2 channels,10-1000 Hz, with bypass output 42000 Shock pulse transducer with matching unit
VMR-21 BO 2 channels, 3 -1000 Hz, with bypass output 45011-L Coaxial cable with connectors, temp. range
VDR-14 1 channel with display, 10-1000 Hz -10° to +70°C (L = length in meters)
VDR-15 1 channel with display, 3 -1000 Hz 45300-L Coaxial cable with connectors, temp. range
VDR-20 2 channels with display, 10-1000 Hz -40° to +125° C (L = length in meters)
VDR-21 2 channels with display, 3 -1000 Hz TMM-10 Temperature transducer, -16° to +120° C
90296-L Twinned cable for TMM-10, max. 125° C
CMM System - Bearing Monitoring Rack Module BMR
3 U (128.4)
7 HP 200 14
(35.6)
Bearing Monitoring Rack Modules BMR are converters with Technical data
two channels which output 4-20 mA proportional to the un Measuring method: SPM dBm, unnormalized maximum
normalized maximum value of the shock pulses measured on value
a bearing. The measuring time is approximately 1 second per
channel. The measuring range for both channels together can Measuring channels: 2, multiplexing
be jumper set to either 0 to 80 or 20 to 100 dBsv. Measuring range 1: 0 to 80 dBsv
(5 dB /mA, 0.2 mA/dB)
The 4-20 mA current can be supplied to an display module
of type DMM/DMR, to a PLC or to a computer controlled Measuring range 2: 20 to 100 dBsv
monitoring system (e.g. SPM's CMS System). (4 mA ≤ 20 dBsv)
Measuring time: approx. 1 second per channel
There are two versions:
Transducer type: SPM 40000 (BMR-40),
BMR-40 for shock pulse transducer type 40000. The coaxial
SPM 42000 (BMR-42)
cable used between transducer and module is max. 4 m.
Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L, or SPM
BMR-42 for shock pulse transducer type 42000. The coaxial 90267-L (L = length in m)
cable used between transducer and module is max. 100 m. Analog output: 4 to 20 mA, no galvanic separation
The modules are mounted in standard 19" racks and supplied Fault indication: ≤ 1 mA out = interrupted or faulty
with 12 to 24 V DC. A transducer line fault is indicated by an transducer line
output of ≤ 1 mA. This output can be changed to 4 mA by a Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce
jumper setting common for both channels. signal accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V,
800 Ω at 24 V)
Signal conversion according to EN 50082-2)
mA 20
18 Temperature range: 0° to 55° C
16
Vibration exposure: max 5 mm/s RMS
14
12 Design: anodised aluminium, not protected
10 Input connectors: TNC, silver plated brass, 10 - 15 μ
8
6
Output connectors: screw terminals for cable max.
4 1.5 mm2, connector plug included
0 Mounting: 19" rack
Dimensions: 3 U x 7 HP x 214 mm, DIN 41494
1: 0 20 40 60 80 dBsv
2: 20 40 60 80 100 dBsv Weight: 250 g
CMM System - Bearing Display Rack Module BDR
3 U (128.4)
7 HP 200 14
(35.6)
Bearing Display Rack Modules BDR have two functions: Technical data
• they measure bearing condition (unnormalized maxi- Measuring method: SPM dBm, unnormalized maximum value
mum value) on two channels and convert the result into Measuring channels: 2, multiplexing
an analog 4-20 mA signal which can be sent to a PLC. Measuring range 1: 0 to 80 dBsv (5 dB /mA, 0.2mA/dB)
• they display the analog 4-20 mA signal as a 3 digit Measuring range 2: 20 to 100 dBsv (4 mA ≤ 20 dBsv)
measured value. All units have two inputs for analog Measuring time: approx. 1 second per channel
4-20 mA, connected to the value display, the condition Transducer type: SPM 40000 (BDR-40),
display and the alarm relays. The analog signal normally SPM 42000 (BDR-42)
comes from the module's measuring channels, but can Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L, or
even come from external sources. 90267-L (L = length in m)
Analog output: 4 to 20 mA, no galvanic separation
There are two versions:
Fault indication: ≤1 mA out = interrupted or faulty trans-
BDR-40 for shock pulse transducer type 40000. The coaxial ducer line
cable between transducer and module is max. 4 m. Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce signal
accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V, 800 Ω at 24
BDR-42 for shock pulse transducer type 42000. The coaxial V)
cable between transducer and module is max. 100 m. Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (± 10%, tested according to
EN 50082-2)
The measuring range for both channels can be jumper set to
either 0 to 80 or 20 to 100 dBsv. The modules are mounted
in standard 19" racks and supplied with 12 to 24 V DC. A Temperature range: 0° to 55° C
transducer line fault is indicated by an output of ≤1 mA. This Vibration exposure: max 5 mm/s RMS
output can be disconnected by a jumper setting. Design: anodised aluminium, not protected
Input connectors: TNC, silver plated brass, 10-15 µ
The display circuit acts as a programmable ampere meter Output connectors: screw terminals for cable max. 1.5 mm2,
with two channels. Using two push-buttons, one can select connector plug included
preprogrammed measuring units and ranges from a list and Mounting: 19" rack
set two alarm levels (with alarm delay) for each channel. These Dimensions: 3 U x 7 HP x 214 mm, DIN 41494
are connected to the condition display (green–yellow –red)
Weight: 300 g
and to two relay outputs.
Signal to display: 4 to 20 mA, 2 channels
The relays can be controlled by either display channel. In
Relays: 2, max. 24 V/100 mA
one channel mode, both relays are slaved to a single display
Value display: 3 digits LED
ALARM). In two channel mode, each display channel uses one
relay which switches at the ALARM level. Alarm limits: 2 per input channel, set with push-
buttons
Push-buttons: 2, for display control, alarm limit and
alarm delay setting
CMM System - Vibration Monitoring Rack Module VMR
3 U (128.4)
7 HP 200 14
(35.6)
Vibration Monitoring Rack Modules VMR are programmable Technical data

converters which supply a 4-20 mA signal proportional to the Measuring method: vibration severity similar to ISO 10816
RMS-value of vibration velocity. (modified frequency range, VMR-15/21)
Channels: 1 (VMR-14/15), 2 (VMR-20/21)
Measuring range 1: 0 - 5 mm/s (0 -0.19 inch/s)
VMR-14: 1 channel, frequency range 10 –1000 Hz Resolution: 3.2 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 0.313 mm/s
VMR-15: 1 channel, frequency range 3 –1000 Hz Measuring range 2: 0 - 10mm/s (0 - 0.39 inch/s)
VMR-20: 2 channels, frequency range 10 –1000 Hz Resolution: 1.6 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 0.625 mm/s
VMR-21: 2 channels, frequency range 3 –1000 Hz. Measuring range 3: 0 - 20mm/s (0 - 0.78 inch/s)
The frequency range of 3 to 1000 Hz is suitable for machines
with rotational speed down to 180 r.p.m.
The measuring range can be DIP switch set to either 0 to 5, Frequency range: 10 to 1000 Hz (VMR-14/20)
0 to 10, 0 to 20 or 0 to 40 mm/s. 3 to 1000 Hz (VMR-15/21)
Transducer type: SLD121, TRV18, TRV19
The 4-20 mA output can be supplied to a display module type Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L , or 90267-L,
DMM/DMR, to a PLC or to a computer controlled monitoring (L = max. 50 m)
system (e.g. SPM's CMS System). Analog output: 4 to 20 mA, no galvanic separation
A transducer line fault causes an output of <1 mA. If this
should interfere with PLC operations, the min. output can be Loop resistance: 100 Ω. Higher resistance will reduce sig-
jumper set to 4 mA, individually for each channel. nal accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V, 800 Ω
at 24 V)
The vibration transducer is connected via coaxial cable with Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (± 10%, according to
TNC connector. The modules are mounted in standard 19" EN 50082-2)
rack and supplied with 12 to 24 V DC. Supply current: max 0.1 A
Vibration exposure: max. 5 mm/s RMS
Design: anodised aluminium, not protected
Input connectors: TNC, silver plated brass, 10 –15 µ
Output connectors: screw terminals for cable max. 1.5 mm2,
connector plug included
Mounting: 19" rack
Weight: 200 g (VMR-14/15)
250 g (VMR-20/21)
CMM System - Vibration Monitoring Rack Module VMR-BO
3 U (128.4)
7 HP 200 22
(35.6)
Vibration Monitoring Rack Modules VMR-BO are program- Technical data

mable converters which supply a 4-20 mA signal proportional Measuring method: vibration severity similar to ISO 10816
to the RMS-value of vibration velocity. They have bypass (modified frequency range, VMR-15/21 BO)
outputs for connection of portable instruments. Channels: 1 (VMR-14/15 BO), 2 (VMR-20/21 BO)
Measuring range 1: 0 - 5 mm/s (0 -0.19 inch/s)
VMR-14 BO: 1 channel, frequency range 10 –1000 Hz Measuring range 2: 0 - 10mm/s (0 - 0.39 inch/s)
VMR-15 BO: 1 channel, frequency range 3 –1000 Hz Resolution: 1.6 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 0.625 mm/s
VMR-20 BO: 2 channels, frequency range 10 –1000 Hz Measuring range 3: 0 - 20mm/s (0 - 0.78 inch/s)
VMR-21 BO: 2 channels, frequency range 3 –1000 Hz. Resolution: 0.8 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 1.25 mm/s
The frequency range of 3 to 1000 Hz is suitable for machines
with rotational speed down to 180 r.p.m.
Frequency range: 10 to 1000 Hz (VMR-14 /20)
3 to 1000 Hz (VMR-15 /21)
The measuring range can be DIP switch set to either 0 to 5,
0 to 10, 0 to 20 or 0 to 40 mm/s. Transducer type: SLD121, TRV18, TRV19
Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L , or 90267-L,
The 4-20 mA output can be supplied to a display module type (L = max. 50 m)
DMM/DMR, to a PLC or to a computer controlled monitoring Analog output: 4 to 20 mA, no galvanic separation
system (e.g. SPM's CMS System). Fault indication: ≤ 1 mA out for open or short circuit
A transducer line fault causes an output of <1 mA. If this accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V, 800 Ω at 24 V)
should interfere with PLC operations, the min. output can be Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (± 10%, according to
jumper set to 4 mA, individually for each channel. EN 50082-2)
The vibration transducer is connected via coaxial cable with Temperature range: 0° to 55° C
TNC connector. The modules are mounted in standard 19" Vibration exposure: max. 5 mm/s RMS
rack and supplied with 12 to 24 V DC. Design: anodised aluminium, not protected
Input connectors: TNC, silver plated brass, 10 –15 μ
The portable instrument SPM Leonova (or similar) can be
Output connectors: screw terminals for cable max. 1.5 mm2,
connected to the pypass outputs on the front panel via a
coaxial cable with BNC connectors.
Bypass outputs: BNC connectors for connection of SPM
Leonova or similar instrument
Mounting: 19" rack
Weight: 210 g (VMR-14 BO/15 BO)
350 g (VMR-20 BO/21 BO)
CMM System - Vibration Display Rack Module VDR
3 U (128.4)
7 HP 200 14
(35.6)
Vibration Display Rack Modules VDR have two functions: Technical data
• they measure the RMS-value of vibration velocity on Measuring method: vibration severity similar to ISO 10816
(modified lower freq., VDR-15/21)
one or two channels and convert it to an analog 4-20
Vibration channels: 1 (VDR-14/ 15), 2 (VDR-20 /21)
mA signal which can be sent to a PLC.
Measuring range 1: 0-5 mm/s (0-0,19 inch/s)
• they display the analog 4-20 mA signal as a 3 digit Resolution: 3,2 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 0,313 mm/s
measured value. All units have two inputs for analog Measuring range 2: 0-10mm/s (0-0,39 inch/s)
4-20 mA, connected to the value display, the condition Resolution: 1,6 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 0,625 mm/s
display and the alarm relays. The analog signal normally Measuring range 3: 0-20mm/s (0-0,78 inch/s)
comes from the unit's measuring channel(s), but can Resolution: 0,8 mA = 1 mm/s; 1 mA = 1,25 mm/s
even come from external sources. Measuring range 4: 0-40mm/s (0-1,57 inch/s)
Frequency range: 10 to 1000 Hz (VDR-14 /20)
VDR-14: 1 vibration channel, frequency range 10 -1000 Hz 3 to 1000 Hz (VDR-15 /21)
VDR-15: 1 vibration channel, frequency range 3 -1000 Hz Transducer type: SLD121, TRV18, TRV19
VDR-20: 2 vibration channels, frequency range 10 -1000 Hz Transducer cable: coaxial cable, SPM 90005-L , or 90267-L
VDR-21: 2 vibration channels, frequency range 3 -1000 Hz. (L= max. 50 m)
Analog output: 4 to 20 mA, no galvanic separation
The vibration transducer is connected via coaxial cable. The
modules are mounted in standard 19" racks and supplied
with 12 to 24 V DC. The cable inlet is tight for cable diam-
accuracy (max. 400 Ω at 12 V, 800 Ω at 24 V)
eters 5.5 to 10 mm. A transducer line fault causes an output
Power supply: 12 to 24V DC (± 10%, tested according to
of <1 mA. If this should interfere with PLC operations, the EN 50082-2), max 0.15 A
min. output can be jumper set to 4 mA, individually for each Design: anodised aluminium, not protected
measuring channel. Input connectors: TNC, silver plated brass, 10-15 µ
The display circuit acts as a programmable ampere meter Output connectors: screw terminals for cable max. 1.5 mm2,
with two channels. Using two push-buttons, one can select
preprogrammed measuring units and ranges from a list and Temperature range: 0 to 55 °C
set two alarm levels (with alarm delay) for each channel. Vibration exposure: max. 5 mm/s RMS
These are connected to the condition display (green - yellow Mounting: 19" rack
- red) and to two relay outputs. The relays can be controlled Dimensions: 3 U x 7 HP x 214 mm, DIN 41494
by either display channel. In one channel mode, both relays Weight: 200 g (VDR-14/15), 300 g (VDR-20/21)
are slaved to a single display channel and provide relay Signal to display: 4 to 20 mA, 2 channels
switching at two levels (ALERT and ALARM). In two channel Relays: 2, max. 24 V/100 mA
mode, each display channel uses one relay which switches
at the ALARM level.
Alarm limits: 2 per display channel
Push-buttons: 2, for display control and programming
CMM System - Display Module for Rack DMR-14
3 U (128.4)
7 HP 190 14
(35.6)
DMR-14 is a condition display module for 4-20 mA analog Technical data

signals. Measured quantities and ranges are selected from a Input channels: 2
preprogrammed list (13 programs) or from user defined
Input signals: 4 to 20 mA
programs (7 programs).
Output channels: 2 relays, 24V / 100 mA
The display module is intended for mounting in standard
Measuring range: selected to match the signal input
19" racks. It is supplied with 12 to 24 V DC, source referred
to earth. Value display: 3 digits, LED

The display module has two input channels and two relay
outputs. The relays can be controlled by either input chan- Alarm limits: 2 per input channel, set with push-
buttons
nel. In one channel mode, both relays are slaved to a single
input channel and provide relay switching at two levels Alarm delay: 0 - 600 seconds for each alarm level
(ALERT and ALARM). In two channel mode, each input Push-buttons: 2, for display control and
channel uses one relay which switches at a preset ALARM programming
level. Line continuity: blinking yellow LED = signal
below 4 mA (faulty or interrupted input
Programmable parameters for each input channel are the circuit)
measuring range, the two alarm levels ALERT and ALARM,
Masuring resistance: 47 Ω
and the alarm delay. These are input using two push but-
tons. Power failure will not erase the program. Power supply: 12 to 24 V DC (± 10%, tested
according to EN 50082-2)
Condition display is provided by three coloured LEDs. The
green LED is on while measured values are below the ALERT
level. Measured values between ALERT and ALARM on
either channel trigger a yellow LED, and a red LED lights up Vibration exposure: max. 5 mm/s RMS
when a measured value exceeds an ALARM level. A blinking Design: anodised aluminium, not protected
yellow LED indicates a system fault (incoming signal below
Input/output connectors: screw terminals for cable max.
4 mA).
1.5 mm2, connector plug included
The measured value is displayed with three digits. In two Mounting: 19" rack
channel mode the status LED's and the display alternate Dimensions: 3 U x 7 HP x 204 mm, DIN 41494
between the two channels and show the channel number
Weight: 200 g
followed by the measured value on this channel.
CMM System - Power Supply Module SMR-50
3 U (128.4)
14 HP 190 14
(71.8)
SMR-50 is a 35W switching power supply module with out- Technical data
put for up to ten CMM modules. It has built in EMI filter and Input voltage: 85 to 132 VAC, 0.8 A or 170 to 264
short circuit/overload protection with foldback limiting. VAC, 0.45 A selected by switch
Input frequency: 47 to 63 Hz
The power supply module is mounted in a standard 19 inch
Output: 24 V (± 10% ADJ), 1.5 A
rack (SPM 14880). It is supplied with 115 V AC or 230 V AC
selected by a switch on the circuit board. Ripple: < 2% (p-p)
Working temperature: 0 to 50ϒC at 100%, -10ϒC at 80%,
60ϒC at 60%
Storage temperature: –25 to 65ϒC
Operation humidity: 25 to 85% RH
EMI Standards: IEC-100-3-2, 3, FCC class B
EMC Standards: EN61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5
Approvals: CE/CSA:219967-1426940
Vibration exposure: max. 5 mm/s RMS
Design: anodised aluminium, shielded
Mounting: 19" rack, screw terminals
CMM System - Subrack 14880
14880 81335
132
58
37
8.5
482 238
19''
SPM 14880 is a standard 19 inch subrack for up to twelve Technical data

CMM monitoring modules (7HP) or ten monitoring modules Material: anodised aluminium
plus the power supply unit SMR-50 (14HP). The subrack has Dimensions: 482 x 132 x 238 mm
an open back plane for cable connections.
Weight: 1600 g
Empty spaces can be filled up with blank front panels, SPM
81335 (3U x 7HP). The subrack is delivered complete with
bottom plate, vented top plate and twelve module slots for
mounting of CMM rack modules.
CMS: System Components
1
2
2
2
The CMS System 2. Measuring units

The CMS System is a permanently installed, continuous There are 4 types of measuring units, BMS (bearing moni-
machine condition monitoring system. It can be handled toring), VMS (vibration severity monitoring), VCM (vibration
by the SPM software Condmaster®, a PC program which analysis with the EVAM® method) and BMC (bearing moni-
controls the system and collects, stores, and evaluates the toring with SPM SpectrumTM. The BMS and VMS units can
measuring results. be equipped with additional boards for monitoring of speed
(RPM board) or analogue signals (AMS board).
A CMS system comprises: 1) Transducer line, 2) Measuring
units, 3) System unit, and 4) Computer with Condmaster®. A. Bearing monitoring:
The parts are specified on a number of data sheets (TD) Measuring unit BMS with 16 bearing channels TD-40
referred to below.
B. Vibration monitoring:
Measuring unit VMS for 8 vib. channels TD-42
1. Transducer line C. RPM monitoring:
A. Bearing monitoring line: RPM board 13490 with 4 channels TD-41
A shock pulse transducer (several alternatives) and a trans- Analogue RPM board 13854 for VMS/BMS TD-87
ducer matching unit (TMU) are connected by coaxial cable D. Monitoring of analogue signals:
to the measuring unit: Analogue board 13863 (AMS measuring unit)

Standard transducer 40000 (40100) + TMU-12 TD-004 with 16 analogue channels TD-84
Transducer 42000 (42100) with built-in TMU TD-005 E. Evaluated vibration analysis:
Isolated transducer 11223-L + TMU 12 TD-006 Measuring unit VCM for 8 alt. 24 vib. channels TD-123
Ex-proof transducer 42011 (42111), transformer TD-116
Coaxial cables and connectors TD-018 F. Bearing monitoring with SPM SpectrumTM
Transducer matching unit TMU-12 TD-055 Cabinet BMC (connected to the host unit VCM)
with 7 to 56 bearing channels TD-174
B. Vibration monitoring and analysis:
Vibration transducer TRV-10/11 (VMS) TD-063 3. System unit
Vibration transducer TRV-20/21 (VCM) TD-124 The system unit SYS-10 is the interface
Vibration transducer SLD144 B/F (VCM) TD-203 between the measuring units and the PC.
Vibration transducer SLD244 B/F, Ex (VCM) TD-215 System unit SYS-10 TD-45
Coaxial cables and connectors TD-018 Computer cables and connectors TD-44
Twisted pair cables for SLD transducers TD-259
Connector 15168 for SLD transducers TD-217 4. Computer with Condmaster®Nova
The system software Condmaster®Nova
C. Temperature monitoring: requires a PC for Windows environment.
Temperature transducer TMM-10 TD-107
SPM Condmaster®Nova TD-230 – TD245
CMS System: Measuring Unit BMS
248 mm
330 mm
Other channels
72 mm
230 / 115 V AC
Bearing channels 1 - 16
LAN in / out
Bearing monitoring Technical data

Measuring unit BMS is a part of the CMS System for con- Measuring range: LR / HR, -19 to 99 dBSV
tinuous bearing monitoring. A CMS System can contain up Inputs / outputs: 16 bearing monitoring channels,
to 250 measuring units. The BMS unit accommodates up to LAN in / out
16 bearing monitoring channels and is operated under Storage capacity: 960 readings
software control (SPM Condmaster®). Dimensions: 330 x 248 x 72 mm
Weight: 4.5 kg
Each bearing monitoring channel is activated for a pro-
Housing: Stainless steel, neoprene
grammed interval (5 to 42 minutes). Readings are taken in a
gaskets, IP 65
programmed sequence, which can comprise 50 channel num-
Cable inlets: Nickel plated brass
bers in any combination. The measuring unit stores up to
Temperature: 0ϒ to 55ϒ C (32ϒ to 130ϒ F)
960 readings, i.e. min. 80 hours of readings. These are
Mains supply : 230 or 115 V AC ± 10%, 10 VA
transferred to the PC for evaluation and display by
Data cable: Shielded, 4 conductors twisted in
Condmaster®.
pairs, area 0.22 mm2 each. Max.
The measuring unit is designed for wall mounting and has a cable length between measuring
stainless steel housing with neoprene gaskets. It is con- units 1000 m
nected to 230 or 115 V AC (nominal voltage ± 10%, even
load, no excessive spikes).
Ordering numbers
Via data cables, the measuring units are connected in se- BMS-20 Measuring unit with 16 bearing channels
ries, forming one or two local area networks (LAN) con- BMS-21 BMS unit with RPM board, see TD-41
nected to the system unit. The shielded data cable must be BMS-23 BMS unit with AMS board, see TD-84
installed in a suitable electrical environment. 90220-L Data cable, temperature -20ϒ to +70ϒC,
L = length in meters
A BMS measuring unit can be equipped with extra circuit
boards for measuring speed or analogue signals. They are
specified on other data sheets, see under Ordering num-
bers.
CMS System: Measuring Unit VMS
248 mm
330 mm
Other channels
72 mm
Vibration channels 1 - 8 230 / 115 V AC
Relay outputs AL1 - 4 LAN in / out

Control inputs SW1 - 4
Vibration monitoring Technical data

Measuring unit VMS is a part of the CMS System for con- Measuring range: 0 to 100 mm/s RMS
tinuous vibration monitoring. A CMS System can contain up Inputs / outputs: 8 vibration monitoring channels,
to 250 measuring units. The VMS unit accommodates up to LAN in / out, 4 control inputs and
8 vibration monitoring channels. The units are operated 4 relay outputs
under software control (SPM Condmaster®). Each unit has 4 Storage capacity: 1000 readings / channel
relay outputs for e.g. activating machine stop and 4 inputs Dimensions: 330 x 248 x 72 mm
for controlling the relay outputs. Weight: 4.5 kg
Housing: Stainless steel, neoprene gaskets,
The VMS unit measures vibration severity according to ISO IP 65
2372 (velocity in mm/s RMS, 10 to 1000 Hz). Each vibration Cable inlets: Nickel plated brass
channel is activated for a programmed measuring time (2– Temperature: 0ϒ to 55ϒ C
255 s). Readings are taken in a programmed sequence. The Mains supply : 230 or 115 V AC ± 10%, 10 VA
VMS unit stores up to 1000 readings per channel. These are Relay: Max. 50 V DC, 10 W alt.
transferred to the PC for evaluation and display by Cond- Max. 35 V AC, 10 VA
master®. Data cable: Shielded, 4 conductors twisted in
The measuring unit is designed for wall mounting and has a pairs, area 0.22 mm2 each. Max.
stainless steel housing with neoprene gaskets. It is con- cable length between units 1000 m
nected to a main power of 230 V or 115 V AC (nominal
voltage ± 10%, even load, no excessive spikes).
Ordering numbers
Via data cables, the measuring units are connected in se- VMS-22 VMS measuring unit, 8 vibration channels
ries, forming one or two local area networks (LAN) con- VMS-23 VMS unit with RPM board 13490, see TD-41
nected to the system unit. The shielded data cable must be VMS-24 VMS unit with AMS board, see TD-84
installed in a suitable electrical environment. 90220-L Data cable, temperature -20ϒ to +70ϒC,
L = length in meter
A VMS measuring unit can be equipped with extra circuit
boards for measuring speed and analogue signals. They are
specified on other data sheets, see under Ordering num-
bers.
CMS: Speed Monitoring
RPM Board 13490
Inductive
proximity Measuring Unit
switch
BMS-20 / VMS-22
Automatic speed measurement Technical data, ordering numbers

Speed measurement in connection with a CMS System is Measuring unit BMS-20 with RPM board 13490 installed has
used on machines with variable operating speeds, such as ordering number BMS-21. VMS-22 with installed RPM board
paper machines. The speed data allows for an automatic has ordering number VMS-23.
adjustment of shock pulse evaluation and alarm limits.
RPM board 13490, installation set
Rotational speed (r.p.m.) is measured by mounting an in- 13490 RPM Board (1)
ductive proximity switch close to a rotating machine part, 12832 Spacer screw (5)
and connecting it to RPM board 13490 in the measuring 82204 Cable inlet, nickel plated brass (4)
unit. The RPM board is factory mounted in measuring unit 81166 O-ring (4)
BMS-21 and VMS-23. It can be installed in an existing BMS-
Please note: for BMS-20 without prepared inlet
20 unit with EPROM version 2.0 or higher, or in an exsisting
holes for RPM channels, order separately:
VMS-22 unit.
82127 Cable inlet, grey GAP (4)
The RPM board has four speed channels and measures the
RPM board 13490, data
r.p.m. once per minute. The operating program checks the
Dimensions: w x d x h = 218 x 95 x 15 mm
speed data every 25 seconds.
Channels: 4, with 4 screw connectors each
The r.p.m. can be stored in the system unit, to be used by Temperature: 0ϒ to 55ϒ C
any measuring unit in the CMS System (global speed, max. Range: 1 to 20 000 r.p.m.
8 per system). The r.p.m. can also be used for the monitor- Measuring time: 1 minute
ing channels in the measuring unit which contains the RPM Power supply: from the host board
board (local speed). Speed channel addresses are set in the Output voltage: 15 V DC to proximity switch
operating program SPM Condmaster®. Input pulses: 1 – 15 pulses / revolution
The proximity switch is not normally supplied by SPM. It can Inductive proximity switch
be of PNP or NPN type, input voltage 15 V. It can send from Type: PNP or NPN (ex. Telemecanique XS1/XS2)
one pulse to max. 15 pulses per revolution. The number of
Cable, proximity switch to RPM board
pulses/revolution is set by a DIL switch for each active
PVC type, 3 conductors, area 0,34 mm2 each. Cable length
speed channel.
up to 100 m.
CMS: Analogue RPM interface SPM 13854
13854 13490
Interface SPM 13854
for transforming
analog RPM signal
The analogue RPM interface is a circuit board that is mounted

on the digital RPM board, SPM no 13490. The interface
converts input analogue RPM signals, in mA or V, from the
input channels to digital measuring pulses suited for the
SPM CMS system.
Each input signal is read per minute. The input signals are
converted to max. 3825 pulses per minute and channel.
The actual number of pulses is proportional to the input
signal in comparison with the set measuring range. The
RPM signal is then adjusted in the CONDMASTER program 0
so that 3825 pulses corresponds to the maximum possible Inputs Outputs +15 V
RPM value provided by the analogue input signal. The out-
put signals consist of pulse trains proportional to the ana-
logue RPM values. Technical data:
Dimensions: 83.5 x 69 x 15 mm
The input signals are connected to the interface input termi- Temperature: 0 - 55ϒC ( 32ϒ to 130ϒ F)
nals. The input signals are interchangeable by means of Power supply: 15 V ± 1 V DC via the RPM board
jumpers between the following measuring ranges: No. of inputs: 4
No. of outputs: 4
0-1V 0,2 - 1 V Tolerance: ± 5 % of the input signal
0 - 10 V 2 - 10 V
0 - 20 mA 4 - 20 mA Ordering numbers
Mounting kit SPM 13854 consists of:
The outputs are connected to the RPM board through ca- Circuit board 13852 1
bles from the output terminals. Power supply and earth are Jumper 93154 8
connected to their corresponding terminals on the RPM Spacer screw 82329 3
board. 3 spacer screws lock the interface to the RPM board. Screw MRX 3 x 5 3
Cable MKUX, 90114 0.7 m
Mounting instruction, 71489 1
CMS: Analogue measuring
Measuring unit
BMS-20/VMS-22
Analogue board SPM 13863
Analogue inputs, max. 16
Measuring of analogue values Technical data and ordering numbers

The task of the analogue measuring unit of the CMS system Measurement unit BMS-20 with the analogue board SPM
is to read measuring values from max. 16 input analogue 13863 mounted has ordering number BMS-23. VMS-22 with
channels. It is an independent unit, with exception of power analogue board installed has ordering number VMS-24.
supply, consisting of a circuit board which is mounted on
top of the BMS or VMS board by means of a special installa- Analogue board kit SPM 13864
tion set. The board is power supplied through the tag-strip 13863 Analogue board (1)
of the BMS or VMS board. No power supply unit exists. 12832 Spacer screws (7)
Control program is SPM Condmaster® Pro. 81166 O-ring (4)
82204 Cable inlet, nickel plated brass (4)
Inputs 82221 Spacer screws (2)
Only one of the input channels can be open at a time. 82226 Screw M3 x 5 (7)
Measuring times, measuring sequence and active channels 93174 Jumper (16)
are selected from the control program. 71496 Mounting instruction
71497 Installation instruction (el)
Filing data
NOTE! You can separately order cable inlets for the BMS-20
During the set measuring time all active channels are scanned
without pre-mounted analogue board :
and measured max. number in increasing order followed by
82127 Cable inlet, grey GAP (4)
the next scanning a. s. o. The measuring takes approx. one
second per channel. The max., min. or average measured Analogue board SPM 13863, data
value on each channel is saved. Dimensions: w x d x h = 236 x 133 x 32 mm
Channels: 16 galvanically separated analogue
Alarm limits inputs with 2 screw connectors each
Each channel has min. and max. value respectively as alarm Temp. range: 0ϒ - 55ϒ C
limit to be set from the control program. Alarm is released if Measuring range: 0 - 20 mA and 4 - 20 mA
these limits are passed. The relay of the SYS unit can then 0 - 1 V and 0 - 10 V
also be activated. The alarms can be tracked and analyzed Measuring time
from Condmaster® Pro. for active channel: 1 - 42.5 min.
Communications Parameters controlled from Condmaster®Pro

The contact with the computer proceeds through the multi- ϒ Selection of active channels
ple serial transmission of the CMS system in one or two ϒ Tot. meas. time f. active channels (1 min. to 42.5 min.)
local area networks (LAN). Its shielded communication ca- ϒ Selection of values to be saved
ble should be installed in a suitable electric environment. ϒ Setting of alarm limits (if used)
ϒ Setting the real time watch.
ϒ Setting of the measurement on and off
CMS: System Unit SYS-10
203
68
187
The system unit SYS-10 is the interface between the meas-

uring units and the computer. It can accommodate up to
250 measuring units, connected in one or two local area Rear panel
networks (LAN).
The system unit is placed close to the computer equipment

(max. cable length 10 m). Via a 9 pin RS-232 serial port, the
system unit is connected to a modem or, normally, directly
to the PC. The transmission rate is set by internal switches,
7 settings from 300 to 19 200 bits/second (baud rate).
On delivery, the unit is set for 230 V AC. An internal connec-

tor can be modified to set the unit for 115 V AC. A mains
power cable is included. Power ON is indicated by a green
230 / 115 V AC LAN 1, 2
light on the front panel, system alarm by a red light. An
external warning circuit, triggered by a system alarm or loss
of power, can be connected via a relay output. The relay (10 Alarm relay RS - 232
VA, 50 V, 0.5 A) is normally closed.
Technical data
Input: 2 LAN channels, max. 250 units
Output: 9 pin RS-232 serial port
Power supply: 230 or 115 V AC, 5 VA
Relay: Max. 10 VA, 50 V, 0.5 A
Transmission rate: 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800,
9600, 19200 bps
Casing: ABS, black
Temperature: 0ϒ C to + 55ϒ C (32ϒ to 130ϒ F)
(7.5 x 8.1 x 2.7 in)
Weight: 0.9 kg (32 oz)
CMS: Computer Cables
9 pin female 9 pin female 9 pin female 25 pin male

CAB - 35 CAB - 18
SYS-10 / PC MODEM
SYS-10 PC TXD 3 2 TXD
RXD 2 2 TXD RXD 2 3 RXD
TXD 3 3 RXD GND 5 7 GND
GND 5 5 GND RTS 7 6 DSR
DSR 6 6 DTR CTS 8 20 DTR
DTR 4 4 DSR DSR 6
DTR 4
DCD 1
Fig. 1 Computer Cable CAB-35 Fig. 2 Computer Cable CAB-18
25 pin male 25 pin female
CAB - 17
93162
MODEM PC
TXD 2 2 TXD
RXD 3 3 RXD
9 pin male 25 pin female
GND 7 7 GND
DSR 6 4 RTS
DTR 20 5 CTS CAB-35 PC
6 DSR
20 DTR
8 DCD
Fig. 3 Computer Cable CAB-17 Fig. 4 Cable adapter SPM 93162
Tel +46 152 26440 • Fax +46 152 15075 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2004-09. TD-44.B
Measuring Unit VCM20 for EVAM® Vibration Analysis
3
5
460
520
500
6
2
400 210 360
1. Motherboard with 8 vibration and 8 RPM channels 4. Additional modules BMU-07 for SPM Spectrum analysis
2. Additional circuit board with 16 vibration channels 5. Additional analog units, 0 - 20 mA inputs, 12 channels
3. Power supply units 6. Computer unit
VCM20 is a continuous measuring unit for vibration analysis Transducer supply: 4 mA, +24 V DC
according to the EVAM® method. The unit is equipped with Transducer input: Max. 12 V peak-peak (e.g. 600 m/s2
computer unit and multiplexing measuring logic. The software peak for sensitivity 10 mV/m/s2)
DAQ, installed on the computer, controls the measuring opera- Transducer line test: Short and open circuit (transducers
tions, data processing and storage. type SLD and TRV-20/21)
VCM20 has 8 channels for vibration measurements and 8 chan- RPM transducer: Proximity switch, PNP or NPN,
supply 12 V DC from VCM20
nels for RPM measurements. The vibration channels can be used
for SPM Spectrum when connected to the Bearing Monitoring RPM measuring range: 10 – 60 000 rpm
Unit BMU-07. An additional circuit board, SPM 14393 or 14552, Analog input: 12 channels, 0 to 20 mA (option)
with 16 vibration channels can be mounted on top of the mother SPM Spectrum channels: 7 or 14 with BMU-07 units (option)
board. As vibration transducers, VCM20 accepts ICP type accel- Power supply: 115 / 230 V AC
erometers with voltage output. RPM transducers are proximity
switches, NPN or PNP.
Storage temperature: -20 to +80 °C (-4 to 176 °F)
Via Ethernet, VCM20 is connected to a computer with the soft- Relative humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing)
ware Condmaster® and DBL under Windows. The measuring
Housing: Enamelled steel, IP 52
assignments are set up in Condmaster®. The communication
program DBL transmits measuring assignments to and reads Cable inlets: Nickel plated brass
the result file from the VCM20 unit. Dimensions (w x h x d): 400 x 520 x 210 mm
Weight: approx. 20 kg
Technical data
Processor: AMD Geode 500 MHz
Ordering number VCM20 - X X W X X S
Memory: 256 MB RAM
Storage: 1 GB Compact Flash Vibration channels, 8 or 24
(24 with additional circuit board)
Ethernet: 2 x 10/100 Mbit (RJ45)
Additional analog modules NuDAM
Interface for: Monitor (VGA), mouse (PS/2), key-
W = 12 channels, 4-20 mA inputs
board (PS/2)
Operating system: Windows XP Embedded Transducer inputs on mother board
A = terminal strip for coaxial cables
RPM channels: 8 B = screw terminals
Vibration channels: 8, or 24 with additional board C = SMB connectors
Sampling methods: Asynchronous, synchronous with Transducer inputs on additional
programmable time averaging circuit board
Frequency ranges FFT: 0 to 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, A = terminal strip for coaxial cables
5000, 10 000, 20 000 Hz B = screw terminals
Envelope frequencies: 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000, Bearing monitoring units, BMU-07
10 000 Hz S = 1 unit, incl. power supply unit
Measurement windows: Rectangle, Hanning, Hamming, T = 2 units, incl. power supply unit
Blackman, Exact Blackman, Kaiser-
Bessel, Flat 4, Parzen, Welsh 14393 Additional circuit board, 16 vibration channels with
Resolution, lines: 200, 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400 terminal strip for coaxial cables
Antialising filter: > 80 dB/octave 14552 Additional circuit board, 16 vibration channels with
screw terminals
Vibration transducer: SLD144 or ICP type accelerometers
with voltage output 14927 Additional analog units, 12 channels 0 - 20 mA current
inputs
SPM Spectrum on-line
VCM20
PC with Condmaster®
BMU-07
• Raw shock
values Pattern recognition:
Bearing with rotating inner race and a damaged outer race.
• Enveloped • Speed
BPFO = ball pass frequency outer race and its multiples domi-
shock signal • Condition nate the shock pulse spectrum.
evaluation
• Spectrum
The purpose of 'SPM Spectrum' is to verify the source of Spectrum types

high shock pulse readings. In addition to high magnitudes, One unit for amplitude in an SPM spectrum is SD (Shock
shocks generated by damaged bearings will typically have Distribution unit), and each spectrum is scaled so that the
an occurrence pattern matching the ball pass frequency over total RMS value of all spectrum lines = 100 SD = the RMS
the rotating race. Shocks from e. g. damaged gears have value of the time record. The alternative is SL (Shock Level
different patterns, while random shocks from disturbance unit), the RMS value of the frequency component in decibel.
sources have none. One can select linear or power spectra with up to 6400 lines,
with frequency ranges from 0 – 100 Hz to 0 – 20 000 Hz.
Signal and measurement
The resonance frequency of the SPM shock pulse transducer, Pattern recognition
calibrated to 32 kHz, constitutes the ideal carrier wave for Finding a line or line pattern in a spectrum is a purely
transients caused by shocks. The output of this transducer mathematical procedure where the rpm is one factor and
is the same type of demodulated signal produced by 'envel- the specified bearing frequency is the other. SPM has auto-
oping', with this important difference: both frequency and mated the process so anybody can use it fast.
amplitude response of the SPM transducer are precisely
tuned, so there is no need to find uncertain and shifting The rpm is measured by VCM20. The factors defining
machine resonances to get a signal. the bearing frequencies are automatically obtained from
the bearing catalogue in Condmaster® by stating the ISO
Signal to on-line system standard bearing number. The frequency patterns of bear-
The on-line measuring unit VCM20 measures vibration ings are also preset in Condmaster®. Linking the symptom
and has spectrum analysis capacity. This measuring unit group 'Bearing' to the measuring point will allow the user
can receive processed signals from up to 168 shock pulse to highlight the following bearing patterns by clicking on
measuring points, make the spectrum analysis and convey their name:
the data to the monitoring software Condmaster®.
BPFO Ball pass frequency over the outer race
To achieve this, up to 24 Bearing Measuring Units BMU-07, BPFOM Ball pass frequency outer race, rpm modulated
each with 7 SPM channels, are slaved to the VCM20-24C. BPFI Ball pass frequency over the inner race
These units measure the shock magnitude by a standard BPFIM Ball pass frequency inner race, rpm modulated
shock pulse measurement with the dBm/dBc or the LR/HR BSF Double ball spin frequency
method. The raw values are transmitted to VCM20, together BSFM Double ball spin frequency, rpm modulated
with the enveloped shock signal. FTF Fundamental train frequency.
In the VCM20, this signal is subjected to a Fast Fourier Other symptoms can be added when appropriate, e. g.
Transform (FFT). The resulting spectrum is used for pattern for gear mesh patterns. Finding a clear match of a bearing
recognition only. Spectrum line amplitudes are influenced symptom in the spectrum is proof that the measured signal
by too many factors to be reliable condition indicators, so originates from the bearing.
all condition evaluation is based on the dBm/dBc or LR/HR
values.
Bearing Monitoring Cabinet BMC01-X
460
BMU-07
1 to 3
BMU-07
6 to 8
483
400
445
5 BMU-07
4 to 5
2 1
4 3
500 223
1. RS 232 terminals for connection to VCM20 4. Bearing monitoring units BMU-07

2. Terminals for mains power 5. SMB connector for enveloped shock signal to VCM20
3. Power supply unit 6. Extra mounting rail for BMU-07 units 6, 7 and 8
The Bearing Monitoring Cabinet BMC01-X accommodates Technical data

up to eight BMU-07 with up to 7 bearing monitoring chan- Bearing Monitoring Units: 1 to 8 BMU-07 (max. 56 channels)
nels each. It is mounted next to the host unit VCM20-8C or Interfaces: serial I2C between BMU-07 units, RS232
VCM20-24C. The connecting cables have a length of 2 m. to VCM20
Power supply unit: input 100 – 240 V AC, 0.45 A,
BMC01-X (X = the number of BMU-07 it contains when or- 50/60 Hz, output 5 V DC, 1.5 A
dered) is delivered fully equipped and wired. Its power supply Operating temperature: -10 to 60 °C
Housing: enamelled steel, IP 65
unit transforms 100 – 240 V AC to 5 V DC supply current for
Cable inlets: nickel plated brass
the BMU units. Dimensions (w x h x d): 500 x 483 x 223 mm
The positions of the BMU units are fixed, starting with BMU Software requirements
1 in the upper left hand corner. This position is connected via Condmaster®: from version 4.0
VCM20 software: from version 2.04
the RS 232 terminal to the VCM20 unit. The envelope signal
cable from BMU 1 is connected to measuring channel 1 in the Hardware requirements
VCM20-8C / VCM20-24C: cirquit board no. 14389-003, 14389-
VCM20. The 7 bearing measuring channels under BMU 1 are 013 or higher with firmware version
automatically recognized as sub-channels 1 through 7 under 1.03 or higher.
VCM channel 1. Via software setting, each can be linked to
one of the rpm channels of the VCM20. Ordering numbers
BMC01-X Bearing Monitoring Cabinet, X=1 to 8 BMU-07, fully
The following BMU units are connected in series to BMU 1, equipped and wired.
using the short I2C cable SPM 46065 for all but BMU 4 and Accessories for extra BMU-07
BMU 6, which requires SPM 46066. The connection to the 46064 Envelope signal cable to VCM, 2 m, coaxial, SMB
VCM20 is as for BMU 1, using VCM channels 2 to 8. Each BMU 46065 I2C cable for serial connection of BMU-07, short for
units in positions 2, 3, 5, 7, 8
unit requires a cable inlet SPM 82370 with rubber sealing SPM 46066 I2C cable for serial connection of BMU-07, long for
81317, plus an envelope signal cable SPM 46064. units in positions 4, 6
82370 Cable inlet PG29
BMU 6 to 8 are mounted on an upper rail, SPM 14820 with 81317 Rubber sealing for cable inlet 82370
spacer set SPM 14856, ordered with BMU 6. Please note that Extra mounting rail for BMU unit in position 6:
accessories are ordered separately only when BMC01 is later 14820 Mounting rail, DIN 450 mm
equipped with more BMU units. 14856 Spacers for mounting rail, set of 3 incl. screws
Bus expander kit for BMC01-X:

The system can be expanded to max. 3 cabinets (type 15070 The kit includes Bus Expander 15062, screw terminals
BMC01-XB) by using the bus expander kit SPM 15070. (4), cable inlet and internal cables, for connection of an
additional cabinet of type BMC01-XB to BMC01-X.
90297-L Twisted 3-pair cable with shield (L = length in meters)
Bearing Monitoring Cabinet BMC01-XB
460
BMU-07
1 to 3
(9-11, 17-19)
BMU-07
6 to 8
(14-16, 22-24)
483
400
445
6 BMU-07
4 to 5
(12-13, 20-21)
4 3 2 1
5
500 223
1. Bus expander SPM 15062 5. Bearing monitoring units BMU-07

2. RS 232 terminals for connection to VCM20-24C 6. SMB connector for enveloped shock signal to VCM20-24C
3. Terminals for mains power 7. Extra mounting rail for BMU-07 units 6 (14, 22), 7 (15, 23)
4. Power supply unit and 8 (16, 24)
The Bearing Monitoring Cabinet BMC01-XB with bus ex- Technical data
pander accommodates up to eight BMU-07 with up to 7 Bearing Monitoring Units: 1 to 8 BMU-07 (max. 56 channels)
bearing monitoring channels each. It is mounted next to the Interfaces: serial I2C between BMU-07 units, RS232
host unit VCM20-24C. The connecting cables have a length to VCM20-24C
of 2 m. Bus expander: for connection of an additional BMC01-
XB (max. 3 BMC01-XB / 168 channels)
BMC01-XB (X = the number of BMU-07 it contains when Power supply unit: input 100 – 240 V AC, 0.45 A,
50/60 Hz, output 5 V DC, 1.5 A
ordered) is delivered fully equipped and wired. Its power
Operating temperature: -10 to 60 °C
supply unit transforms 100 – 240 V AC to 5 V DC supply Housing: enamelled steel, IP 65
current for the BMU units. Cable inlets: nickel plated brass
Dimensions (w x h x d): 500 x 483 x 223 mm
The positions of the BMU units are fixed, starting with BMU
Software requirements
1 in the upper left hand corner. This position is connected
Condmaster®Pro: from version 4.0
via the RS 232 terminal to the VCM20-24C. The envelope VCM20 software: from version 2.04
signal cable from BMU 1 is connected to measuring channel
Hardware requirements
1 in the VCM20-24C. The 7 bearing measuring channels VCM20-24C: cirquit board no. 14389-003, 14389-
under BMU 1 are automatically recognized as sub-channels 013 or higher with firmware version
1 through 7 under VCM channel 1. Via software setting, 1.03 or higher.
each can be linked to one of the rpm channels of the Ordering numbers
VCM20-24C. BMC01-XB Bearing Monitoring Cabinet with bus expander, X=1
to 8 BMU-07, fully equipped and wired.
The following BMU units are connected in series to BMU 1,
90297-L Twisted 3-pair cable with shield (L = length in meters)
using the short I2C cable SPM 46065 for all but BMU 4 and
BMU 6, which requires SPM 46066. The connection to the Accessories for extra BMU-07
VCM20-24C is as for BMU 1, using VCM channels 2 to 8. 46064 Envelope signal cable to VCM, 2 m, coaxial, SMB
46065 I2C cable for serial connection of BMU-07, short for
Each BMU unit requires a cable inlet SPM 82370 with rubber
units in positions 2, 3, 5, 7, 8
sealing SPM 81317, plus an envelope signal cable SPM 46064. 46066 I2C cable for serial connection of BMU-07, long for
units in positions 4, 6
BMU 6 to 8 (14 to 16, 22 to 24) are mounted on an upper 82370 Cable inlet PG29
rail, SPM 14820 with spacer set SPM 14856, ordered with 81317 Rubber sealing for cable inlet 82370
BMU 6. Please note that accessories are ordered separately
Extra mounting rail for BMU unit in position 6 (14, 22)
only when BMC01 is later equipped with more BMU units. 14820 Mounting rail, DIN 450 mm
14856 Spacers for mounting rail, set of 3 incl. screws
Bearing Monitoring Unit BMU-07
139 46
Output for
enveloped
shock signal,
SMB
145
D-sub, 9 pins Measuring channels, D-sub, 9 pins

RS232 / I2C coaxial cables, SMB I2C serial
The Bearing Monitoring Unit BMU-07 is part of the CMS Measurement conditions are set up in Condmaster®. These
System for on-line machine condition monitoring. It has 7 include shock pulse method, spectrum type, symptoms
multiplexing channels for shock pulse measurements on for bearing fault recognition and alarm limits. The VCM20
rolling element bearings, connected to SPM shock pulse settings control measuring sequence, measuring intervals
transducers of type 42000 (cable length max. 100 m). and data recall times from the hardware to the condition
monitoring program.
BMU-07 is slaved, in groups of up to 8 units, to the Measur-
ing Unit VCM20 which transfers measuring instructions and
measurements between the controlling software Condmas- Technical data
ter® and the BMU-07. Measuring methods: Shock pulse measurement, dBm/dBc
BMU-07 measures shock pulses magnitude in dBsv (decibel or LR/HR, and SPM Spectrum
shock value) according to the selected SPM method (dBm/ Measuring range: -9 to 99 dBsv (dBm/dBc)
dBc or LR/HR), plus the TLT value showing the transducer -19 to 99 dBsv (LR/HR)
line quality. In addition, the BMU-07 transmits the enveloped
shock pulse signal to the VCM20 unit for FFT analysis. Resolution: 1 dBsv
Measuring channels: 7
Communication with VCM20
Transducer type: SPM type 42000
The BMU-07measures on request from the VCM20 unit and
transmits data via an RS 232 interface (measuring instructions, Transducer input: SMB connector, coaxial cable
length max. 100 m
shock and TLT values) and a coaxial cable (enveloped shock
pulse signal for FFT analysis). When several BMU-07 units Shock signal output: SMB connector, coaxial cable
are used, the RS 232 interface are connected in series via I2C length max. 2.5 m
cables, with a common RS 232 interface to the VCM20. Fault indication: Transducer line test of measuring
circuit quality
Bearing condition evaluation Interface: Serial communication I2C between
BMU supplies unnormalized values for shock magnitude and BMU-07 units, RS 232 to VCM20
the enveloped shock pulse signal. The VCM20 unit measures Power supply: 5 V DC ±10%
the bearing speed, calculates the SPM Spectrum, and evalu-
ates the bearing's operating condition. Temperature range: -10° to 60° C
Tel +46 152 22500 • Fax +46 152 15075 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2004-09 TD-173 B
3
3
Software
Condmaster® Nova - Platform
FFT with SAP

symptoms
WEB-Email
EVAM
alarms
SPM 12800 lines

Spectrum 40 kHz
Order
PLATFORM Tracking
dBm/dBc P LTemperature
ATFORM
Temperature
Vibration ISO 2372 RBE
Vibration ISO 2372
Alt. Measurements
LR/HR
Alt.
Runmeasurements
time counter Online
RunCheckpoints
time counter
Checkpoints
RPM
Orbit
analysis RPM AMOS
2 channel Plant
vibration Performer
Run up/
Coast down Vibration Intellinova
Bump test ISO 10816
Condmaster®Nova is a comprehensive condition monitor- location as a hierarchical structure, from plant down to
ing and predictive maintenance program. Module built, it machine level. The measuring point status is shown as a
can be tailored, in performance and price, to your selected green - yellow - red dot.
hardware. • Creation of measuring rounds and communication with
the measuring instrument (data logging, time plan-
Condmaster®Nova communicates with all SPM handheld ning).
data logging instruments and online systems for continu-
• Display and print out of all measuring results as graph-
ous condition monitoring. ics and lists.
Condmaster®Nova is available for single users and for net- • Creation of alarm messages and lists, statistics and
works (Windows compatible). It works under Windows XP, reports.
Vista and uses SQL Server 2000 as database handler, in-
cluded on the installation disks. Minimum hardware requirements,
Windows XP:
The Condmaster®Nova platform includes the measuring
• PC with 233 MHz Intel Pentium/Celeron processor
techniques
( >300 MHz recommended), 64 MB RAM ( >128 MB
• ISO2372 vibration measurement
• 2 user defined measurements, with special input win- recommended) and 1,5 GB available hard disk space
dow for temperature (data input as analogue voltage or • Colour display adapter min. SVGA, 600 x 800 pixels
current, or manual)
• Checkpoint (free text describing maintenance activity). Minimum hardware requirements,
It also has a runtime counter for the operating hours of Windows Vista:
a machine. • 1 GHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor
• Contact free identification tags, CondID®, can be load- • 1 GB of RAM memory
ed with basic data and the latest measuring results. • 40 GB hard drive with at least 15 GB of available
space
Further modules (see TD-231 through TD-245, TD-278,
• Support for DirectX 9 graphics with:
TD-280 and TD-281) can be added as needed, for either
- WDDM Driver
limited or unlimited use.
- 128 MB of graphics memory (minimum)
- Pixel Shader 2.0 in hardware
The basic menu guided program functions are:
- 32 bits per pixel
• Measuring point definition, using a customer defined
numbering system and including input data for all ac-
Ordering number
tive measuring techniques.
• Graphical overview, showing the measuring points’ PRO118 Condmaster®Nova, Platform
Condmaster® Nova - Modules
FFT with SAP

symptoms
WEB-Email
EVAM
alarms
SPM 12800 lines

Spectrum 40 kHz
Order
PLATFORM Tracking
dBm/dBc
Temperature
Vibration ISO 2372 RBE
Alt. Measurements
LR/HR
Run time counter Online
Checkpoints
Orbit RPM
analysis AMOS
2 channel Plant
vibration Performer
Run up/
Coast down Vibration Intellinova
Bump test ISO 10816
Condmaster®Nova is modular. It can be tailored, in per- All additions to the platform functions are ordered from
formance and price, to your selected hardware and techni- the list below, for either unlimited or limited use. Modules
cal requirements. can be bought at any time as update files.
The Condmaster®Nova platform includes the measuring Limited use (for Leonova instruments only) implies that
techniques Vib ISO 2372, two user defined measurements credits are deducted each time the function is used in the
(data input as analogue voltage or current, or manual), and measuring instrument. For online system Intellinova, lim-
Checkpoint (free text describing maintenance activity), ited use is time based. Part of your investment can thus be
all for unlimited use. It also has a runtime counter for the turned into operating costs by buying “measuring credits”
operating hours of a machine. instead of paying for an unlimited program.
TD Module Art no. Unlimited use / Goes with instruments/system

sheet Art no. Limited use
No. T2001 A2010 T30 A30 Leonova Leonova VCM CMS Intelli-
Infinity nova
TD-230 Platform PRO118 / - - - x x x x x x x x x
TD-232 dBm/dBc MOD130 / MOD230 x x x x + BMU x

TD-233 LR/HR and Lubmaster MOD131 / MOD231 x x x x + BMU x x
TD-234 SPM Spectrum MOD132 / MOD232 x x + BMU x
TD-235 Vibration ISO 10816 MOD133 / MOD233 x x x
TD-236 FFT with symptoms MOD134 / MOD234 T30-3 A30-3 x x x x
TD-237 EVAM and time signal MOD135 / MOD235 T30-3 A30-3 x x x x
TD-238 2 channel simult. vibration MOD136 / MOD236 x x
TD-239 Run up/coast down, bump test MOD137 / MOD237 x
TD-240 Orbit analysis MOD138 / MOD238 x x
TD-241 12800 lines, 40 kHz MOD139 / - - - x x
TD-242 Online, CMS MOD182 / - - - x x
TD-243 Web and e-mail alarms MOD183 / - - - x x x x x x x x x
TD-244 SAP link MOD184 / - - - x x x x x x x x x
TD-245 Rule Based Evaluation, RBE MOD181 / - - - x x x x x x x x x
TD-278 AMOS link MOD185 / - - - x x x x x x x x x
TD-280 Plant Performer MOD186 / - - - x x x x x x x x x
TD-281 Intellinova MOD187 / - - - x
TD-305 Order Tracking MOD188 / - - - x
Condmaster® Nova - dBm /dBc
For over 35 years, the original Shock Pulse Method (SPM) Shock pulse amplitude is due to three basic factors:
has been very successfully used to obtain a fast, easy and • Rolling velocity (bearing size and rpm)
reliable diagnosis of the operating condition of rolling ele-
• Oil film thickness (separation between the metal sur-
ment bearings.
faces in the rolling interface). The oil film depends on
The signal lubricant supply and also on alignment and pre-load.
Throughout their lifetime, bearings generate shocks in the • The mechanical state of the bearing surfaces (rough-
interface between the loaded rolling element and the race- ness, stress, damage, loose metal particle).
way. These shocks 'ring' the SPM transducer which outputs
electric pulses proportional to the shock magnitude. Input data
The effect of rolling velocity on the signal is neutralized by
Unlike vibration transducers, the shock pulse transducer
giving rpm and shaft diameter as input data, with 'reason-
responds at its carefully tuned resonance frequency of about
able accuracy'. This sets an initial value (dBi), the start of
32 kHz, which allows a calibrated measurement of the shock
the ńormalized' condition scale.
pulse amplitudes.
Evaluation
Measurement
The initial value and the range of the three condition zones
The shock pulse meter counts the rate of occurrence (in-
(green - yellow - red) was empirically established by testing
coming shock pulses per second) and varies the measuring
bearings under variable operating conditions. The maximum
threshold until two amplitude levels are determined:
value places the bearing into the condition zone. The height
• the shock carpet level (approx. 200 incoming shocks of the carpet value and delta (dBm minus dBc) indicated
per second. This level is displayed as dBc (decibel car- lubrication quality or problems with bearing installation
pet value). and alignment.
• the maximum level (highest incoming shock under 2
seconds). This level is displayed as dBm (decibel maxi-
Ordering numbers
mum value). Using a blinking indicator or earphones,
the operator can establish a peak value by increasing MOD130 dBm/dBc, unlimited use
the measuring threshold until no signal is registered. MOD230 dBm/dBc, limited use
Because of the very large dynamic range, shock pulses are

measured on a decibel scale (1000 x increase between 0
and 60 dB).
Condmaster® Nova - LR / HR and Lubmaster
The LR/HR method was developed from the original Shock A LUB no. of 0 means dry running, the value increases with
Pulse Method for condition diagnosis of rolling element oil film thickness. A COND no. of around 30 indicates surface
bearings. It allows a precision analysis of oil film condition stress or early damage, the value increases with damage
in the rolling interface and contains calculation models for severity. The general assessment is:
finding the optimal lubricant. Poor lubrication is the root CODE A Good bearing
cause of most bearing failures. CODE B Poor lubrication
CODE C Dry bearing, risk of damage
Signal and measurement
CODE D Damage
Transducer and measuring procedure are the same as for
the dBm/dBc method (TD-232). The shock pulse meter A program part, LUBMASTER, uses the shock values plus
counts the rate of occurrence (incoming shock pulses per data on lubricant type, viscosity, load and operating tem-
second) and varies the gain until two amplitude levels are perature to calculate the bearing's life expectancy under
determined: present condition. It also calculates the effect of changes
in oil type and viscosity.
• HR = high rate of occurrence, quantifying the shock
carpet (approx. 1000 incoming shocks per second). Calibration
• LR = low rate of occurrence, quantifying the strong The accuracy of the LR/HR method is increased by a calibra-
shock pulses (approx. 40 incoming shocks per second). tion factor (COMP no.) used in case of bearings with minimal
LR and HR are 'raw values', measured in dBsv (decibel load or poor quality measuring points (in both cases the
shock value). signal strength is below normal). On the basis of the bear-
ing's catalogue data and the lubricant properties, Leonova
Input data calculates the normal shock level for a good bearing and
The LR/HR method requires more precise data on the compensates for an abnormally low signal before returning
bearing, because bearing geometry, as well as size and the evaluation results.
speed, affect the shock carpet and thus the analysis of oil
film condition in undamaged bearings. The rpm is needed, Ordering numbers
plus a definition of the bearing type and size. This is best
MOD131 LR/HR, unlimited use
input by stating the ISO bearing number, which links to the
MOD231 LR/HR, limited use
bearing catalogue in Condmaster.
Evaluation
After measurement the measuring device returns
• a general description of bearing condition (CODE)
• a value for oil film condition (LUB)
• a value for surface damage (COND)
Condmaster® Nova - SPM Spectrum
The purpose of 'SPM Spectrum' is to verify the source of the total RMS value of all spectrum lines = 100 SD = the
high shock pulse readings. Shocks generated by damaged RMS value of the time record. The alternative is SL (Shock
bearings will typically have an occurrence pattern matching Level unit), the RMS value of the frequency component in
the ball pass frequency over the rotating race. Shocks from decibel. Alarm levels are manually set for each symptom to
e. g. damaged gears have different patterns, while random show evaluated results in green - yellow - red. Various types
shocks from disturbance sources have none. of spectra can be produced. The recommended setting is
a spectrum with a resolution of at least 0.25 Hz, e. g. 3200
Signal and measurement lines over 500 Hz, saving peaks only.
The resonance frequency of the SPM shock pulse transducer,
calibrated to 32 kHz, constitutes the ideal carrier wave for Input data
transients caused by shocks. The output of this transducer Pattern recognition demands precise data on the bearing
is the same type of demodulated signal produced by 'envel- and exact measurement of the rpm. The rpm should be
oping', with this important difference: both frequency and measured, not preset. The factors defining the bearing
amplitude response of the SPM transducer are precisely frequencies are obtained from the bearing catalogue in
tuned, so there is no need to find uncertain and shifting Condmaster by stating the ISO bearing number.
machine resonances to get a signal.
Evaluation
Leonova first measures the shock amplitude by a shock The frequency patterns of bearings are preset in Cond
pulse measurement with the dBm/dBc or the LR/HR method. master. Linking the symptom group 'Bearing' to the measur-
The results are the bearing condition data, evaluated green ing point allows the user to highlight a bearing pattern by
- yellow - red. clicking on its name. Other symptoms can be added when
The second measurement produces a time record that is appropriate, e. g. for gear mesh patterns. Finding a clear
subjected to a Fast Fourier Transform (FFT). The resulting match of a bearing symptom in the spectrum is proof that
spectrum is used mostly for pattern recognition. Spectrum the measured signal originates from the bearing.
line amplitudes are influenced by too many factors to be
reliable condition indicators, so all condition evaluation is Ordering numbers
based on the dBm or the HR values.
MOD132 SPM Spectrum, unlimited use
One unit for amplitude in an SPM spectrum is SD (Shock MOD232 SPM Spectrum, limited use
Distribution unit), where each spectrum is scaled so that
Condmaster® Nova - ISO Standard vibration monitoring
Spectrum, ISO 10816
Broad band vibration measurement is the most widely • ISO 10816 operates with the term vibration magni-
used and cost-efficient method for the diagnosis of general tude, which, depending on the machine type, can be
machine condition. an RMS value of vibration velocity, acceleration or
displacement. If two or more of these parameters are
There are two ISO recommendations concerning machine
measured, vibration severity is the one returning the
condition monitoring by this type of measurement, the much
relative highest RMS value. For certain machines, ISO
used ISO 2372 and the more recent ISO 10816, which is a
10816 also recognises peak-to-peak values as condi-
replacement of the older standard.
tion criteria.
With Condmaster, ISO 2372 measurement is a platform func- • The standard consists of several parts, each treating
tion, always included for unlimited use (see TD-230). a certain type of machines, with tables of limit values
differentiating between acceptable vibration (green
ISO 10816 is an option with ordering numbers MOD133 range), unsatisfactory vibration (yellow range), and
(unlimited use) and MOD233 (limited use). vibration that will cause damage unless reduced (red
Features of ISO 10816 are: range).
• Measurements are made in three direction (horizontal, In Condmaster, ISO part, machine group and foundation
vertical, axial). type are input using a multiple choice guide which displays
the various ISO definitions and leads to the limit values.
• Machine condition is generally diagnosed on the basis
of broad band vibration measurements returning an Exceeding the requirements of the ISO standard, Condmas-
RMS value. ISO 10816 keeps the lower frequency ter also provides a 1600 line spectrum.
range flexible between 2 and 10 Hz, depending on the
machine type. The upper frequency is 1000 Hz. Ordering numbers
MOD133 VIB ISO 10816 and spectrum, unlimited use
MOD233 VIB ISO 10816 and spectrum, limited use
Condmaster® Nova - FFT with symptoms
FFT Spectrum with Symptoms is a vibration analysis func- CREST Crest value, difference between peak and RMS
tion offered with Leonova and Intellinova, for either limited KURT Kurtosis, the amount of transients in the vibration
or unlimited use. It is a reduced form of EVAM (Evaluated signal
Vibration Analysis Method), lacking the statistical evaluation SKEW Skewness, the asymmetry of the vibration signal
by means of criteria (described in TD sheet TD-237).
NL1 - 4 Noise level in the four quarters of the frequency
This function generates three sets of machine condition range.
data: Peak and peak-to-peak values are shown in the unit selected
• Condition parameters, which are measured and calcu- for the time signal.
lated values from the time domain, describing various
Spectrum analysis with symptoms
aspects of machine vibration.
For easy pattern recognition in spectra, a range of ready
• Vibration spectra where significant line patterns are
made 'fault symptoms' are available in Condmaster. These
found, highlighted and evaluated with the help of pre-
are instructions to highlight a spectrum line pattern and
set fault symptoms.
display the sum of the lines' RMS values as a symptom
• Trending of symptom values. Alarm levels are manually
parameter (which can be trended).
set for evaluation in green-yellow-red.
Most symptoms are automatically configured by using the
For each measuring point, users can make an individual
rpm as a variable, for some an input is needed, e. g. the
selection and define the type of data best suited for the
number of vanes on a rotor.
surveillance of an individual machine. Alternatives include:
• FFT Phase measurement
• enveloping A phase is a time delay expressed in degrees of rotation.
• time synchronous averaging Leonova Infinity or Intellinova calculates the time delay be-
• band alarms and averaging of measurement results tween the passage of the tachometer pulse and the peak
for improved alarm reliability. Random high readings of the frequency component of interest from the vibration
caused by resonance or other sources of disturbance transducer at the speed of rotation. The value presented is
are filtered out, minimizing the number of false a relative angle, not an absolute, because there is no com-
alarms. pensation for phase lag in the transducer or the electronic
circuits.
Condition parameters
Condition parameters are measured for a selected frequen-
cy range. They can be individually activated and are shown Ordering numbers
in measuring result tables and as diagrams. Available are: MOD134 FFT with symptoms, unlimited use
VEL RMS value of vibration velocity MOD234 FFT with symptoms, limited use
ACC RMS value of vibration acceleration
DISP RMS value of vibration displacement
Condmaster® Nova - EVAM and Time Signal
EVAM stands for Evaluated Vibration Analysis Method. With SKEW Skewness, the asymmetry of the vibration signal
Leonova and Intellinova, the EVAM method is offered as an NL1 - 4 Noise level in the four quarters of the frequency
analysing function with either limited or unlimited use. range.
The EVAM method generates three sets of machine condi- Peak and peak-to-peak values are shown in the unit selected
tion data: for the time signal.
• Condition parameters, which are measured and cal-

Spectrum analysis with 'symptoms'
culated values describing various aspects of machine
For easy pattern recognition in spectra, EVAM supplies a
vibration.
range of ready made 'fault symptoms'. These are instruc-
• Vibration spectra where significant line patterns are tions to highlight a spectrum line pattern and display the
found, highlighted and evaluated with the help of pre- sum of the lines' RMS values as a symptom parameter
set fault symptoms. (which can be evaluated and trended). Most symptoms are
• Machine specific condition codes (green, yellow, red) automatically configured by using the rpm as a variable,
and condition values, based on a statistical evaluation for some an input is needed, e. g. the number of vanes
of the condition parameters and symptom values. on a rotor. Suitable symptoms and symptom groups are
selected from a menu in Condmaster when the measuring
For each measuring point, the user can make an individual
point is set up.
selection and define the type of data best suited for the
surveillance of an individual machine. Alternatives include:
Machine specific condition codes
• enveloping In Condmaster, alarm limits can be set on all active param-
• time synchronous averaging eters. Once measuring results are collected, an EVAM 'cri-
• band alarms and averaging of measurement results for terion' can be created that compares new parameter values
improved alarm reliability. with the statistical mean value and displays a dimensionless
Random high readings caused by resonance or other sources condition value against a green - yellow - red scale.
of disturbance are filtered out, minimizing the number of
false alarms. Phase measurement
A phase is a time delay expressed in degrees of rotation.
Condition parameters Leonova Infinity or Intellinova calculates the time delay be-
Condition parameters are measured for a selected frequen- tween the passage of the tachometer pulse and the peak
cy range. They can be individually activated and are shown of the frequency component of interest from the vibration
in measuring result tables and as diagrams. Available are: transducer at the speed of rotation. The value presented is
a relative angle, not an absolute, because there is no com-
VEL RMS value of vibration velocity pensation for phase lag in the transducer or the electronic
ACC RMS value of vibration acceleration circuits.
DISP RMS value of vibration displacement
Ordering numbers
CREST Crest value, difference between peak and RMS
MOD135 EVAM + Time Signal, unlimited use
KURT Kurtosis, the amount of transients in the vibration
MOD235 EVAM + Time Signal, limited use
signal
Condmaster® Nova - Two-channel simultaneous vibration
Two channel simultaneous vibration monitoring is a The two cursors show the difference in phase angle at the
Condmaster® Nova function for limited (MOD236) or un- actual frequency. A phase is a time delay expressed in de-
limited (MOD136) use. It requires that either the measuring grees of rotation. Leonova Infinity or Intellinova calculates
technique 'FFT with symptoms' or 'EVAM' is active. the time delay between the passage of the tachometer
pulse and the peak of the frequency component of interest
This type of measurement allows the user to study machine from the vibration transducer at the speed of rotation. The
movement in two dimensions by observing the difference value presented is a relative angle, not an absolute, because
of the phase angles measured on the two channels. there is no compensation for phase lag in the transducer or
the electronic circuits.
Measurement requires the set-up of two vibration assign-
ments with identical parameters. The two-channel measur- In the spectrum and the time signal, the channels are over-
ing cable CAB51 is used to connect both transducers to layed red and blue.
the Leonova vibration transducer input. The procedure is
the same as for the corresponding measurement with a
single transducer. For online system Intellinova, two-channel Ordering numbers
measurement is set up using one even-numbered and one MOD136 Two-channel simultaneous vibration,
odd-numbered channel. unlimited use
Condmaster®Nova displays the RMS values for DISP, VEL MOD236 Two-channel simultaneous vibration,
and ACC for both channels. Three graphs are available for limited use
each measurement:
• Spectrum
• Phase spectrum
• Time signal
Condmaster® Nova - Run up/Coast down and Bump test
Nyquist diagram Run up / coast down Bump test
Run up / coast down measurements and Bump test are two Bump test
vibration analysis functions offered with Leonova Infinity, for The bump test is employed to check out the typical vibration
either limited or unlimited use. Run up / coast down is also response of a machine structure at standstill, by hitting it
available with online system Intellinova. e.g. with rubber mallet (bump test).
Run up / coast down The user sets the measuring range in Hz, which automatically
Run up/coast down records the changes in vibration while sets the sampling time, e. g. 0.20 seconds for 2000 Hz/400
the machine is run up to operating speed or after it has lines. A pre-trigging time, 5% to 25% of the sampling time,
been shut off and is slowing down. is also chosen.
For this test, both the signal unit and the display unit for
the spectrum can be selected. The gain level is set by hitting the machine frame with vary-
ing force. The peak amplitude of the measured signal is
The measuring interval can be either time based (interval in displayed (velocity in mm/s) and a trigger level can be set
seconds) or speed based (interval in rpm). The speed range to 1% – 90% of the amplitude.
is also chosen, e. g. 400 to 3000 rpm.
A waterfall diagram can be viewed after the measurement The actual test returns an FFT spectrum and a time signal
is done. For each individual measurement, a spectrum can (sampling time plus pre-trigging time).
be called up.
The spectrum can be stored as reference spectrum for any
A Nyquist diagram shows the phase angle and amplitude. measuring assignment.
A phase is a time delay expressed in degrees of rotation.
Leonova Infinity calculates the time delay between the pas-
sage of the tachometer pulse and the peak of the frequency Ordering numbers
component of interest from the vibration transducer at the MOD137 Run up/Coast down and Bump test,
speed of rotation. The value presented is a relative angle, unlimited use
not an absolute, because there is no compensation for phase
MOD237 Run up/Coast down and Bump test,
lag in the transducer or the electronic circuits. limited use
Finally, the user can call up a Bode diagram for vibration
amplitude and angle, showing all measurements in time
sequence. In all diagrams, a blue dot shows the position of
the measurement marked on the list.
Condmaster® Nova - Orbit Analysis
Orbit analysis is a vibration measurement function offered The orbit graph shows an overlay of the graphs for each
with Condmaster® Nova, for either limited (MOD138) or measured revolution plus their average. The ��
user can se�
unlimited use (MOD238). The resulting orbit graph shows lect each individual revolution as well as the average of all
the movement of the shaft’s centerline and is used to detect revolutions.
failures like rubs, unbalance, misalignment or oil whip on
machinery with journal bearings. The selected��
graph is marked blue, with a blue arrow show�
ing the angle and the x/y values at that angle. The user can
The measurements are normally made with Leonova Infinity move the arrow on the screen with the mouse in the orbit
or Intellinova on the buffered outputs of a machine protec� graph.
tion system via the Orbit Interface 15315. Measurements
can also be made with e. g. accelerometers to get a two When the orbit assignment is set up in Condmaster® Nova,
dimensional graph of machine movement. Required are alarm limits can be set on the X and Y axis, resulting in an
two channel simultaneous vibration measurement and two evaluated measurement (green - yellow- red scale).
transducers placed at an angle of 90° to each other, plus a
trigger signal from a tachometer probe.
Ordering numbers
Settings include transducer type, signal unit and filter type, MOD138 Orbit analysis, unlimited use
either bandpass (default) or lowpass. Orders is set to 1 by MOD238 Orbit analysis, limited use
default, but the user can select from 1 to 5 orders. The
number of revolutions parameter, max. 25, specifies the
number of shaft revolutions to acquire and display in the
orbit graph.
Condmaster® Nova - 12 800 lines, 40 kHz
When higher resolution and frequency range are required, Ordering number
this module can be added to the system, e.g. for moni-
MOD139 12800 lines, 40 kHz, unlimited use
toring high speed gear boxes in turbines. The lower fre-
quency limit is then 0.5, 2, 10 or 100 Hz. The upper limit is
40 000 Hz. The number of spectrum lines are extended to
max. 12 800.
Condmaster® Nova - Intellinova ®
The Intellinova module in Condmaster®Nova enables to measure only when required, to discard what is insignifi-
the software to communicate with all Commander Units, cant and to raise only well justified alarms.
equipped with a user selected combination of measuring
units for bearing and/or vibration monitoring. Units for Based on extensive empirical data, international standards
analog in/out are also available. and machine statistics, the evaluation result is an easy to un-
derstand colour code, highlighting potential trouble spots.
The core of the Intellinova system is Condmaster®Nova, By calibrating and adjusting limit values, you can tune the
which receives the measuring results from all SPM condi- automatic evaluation process with great precision and get
tion monitoring devices for evaluation and presentation. an immediate, reliable diagnosis.
The Intellinova module offers advanced measurement, filter- Ordering number

ing and alarm options. These are used to set the system up MOD187 Condmaster®Nova Intellinova
Condmaster® Nova - Online, CMS
BMS
VMS
AMS
VCM
BMC
The Condmaster®Nova Online module enables the soft- Based on extensive empirical data, international standards
ware to communicate with all measuring units within the and machine statistics, the evaluation result is an easy to
online condition monitoring system CMS: understand colour code, highlighting potential trouble
spots. By calibrating and adjusting limit values, you can
• BMS units for bearing monitoring tune the automatic evaluation process with great precision
• AMS boards to monitor voltage or current lines carrying and get an immediate, reliable diagnosis.
analog signals
• VMS units for vibration severity monitoring Ordering number
MOD182 Condmaster®Nova Online, CMS
• VCM for vibration analysis with spectrum (EVAM) and
BMC for SPM Spectrum
The core of the CMS system is Condmaster®Nova, which

receives the measuring results from all SPM condition
monitoring devices for evaluation and presentation.
Condmaster® Nova - WEB and e-mail alarms
Graphics
Complete results
Alarm list
Graphical overview
Shock pulse and
vibration spectra
CondmasterWEB and e-mail alarms (MOD183) is an op- B. CondmasterWEB is running on your own computer:
tional module in SPM’s comprehensive maintenance pro- http://localhost:5790/
gram Condmaster®Nova.
E-mail Alarm sends selected alarms on selected compo-
With CondmasterWEB, users can reach their Condmaster nents/measuring points via e-mail to stated addresses, ac-
program as a ‘read only’ version from any PC running Mi- cording to a user defined weekly schedule. The e-mails can
crosoft Internet Explorer 6 or higher. Thus, one can eas- be rerouted to cellphones with SMS capability via messag-
ily give access to Condmaster data by simply sending the ing services.
name of the server on which CondmasterWEB is running
to the party concerned. As a general setup, the name of the company’s mail server
is input under ‘Settings’. Each alarm mail assignment has a
CondmasterWEB will open in the Graphical Overview. name and one or more recipients (e-mail addresses).
By clicking on folders and icons, the user can quickly and
easily get condition information in real time. Measuring re- Measuring points and alarm types are selected from lists. In
sults, alarm lists, graphics and spectra with zoom abilities a week calendar, the user marks from – to periods. Alarms
are displayed in the same way as in the corresponding win- occurring during the marked periods will be sent by e-mail
dow of the ‘real’ Condmaster. Measuring point setups can to all stated addresses. Users can also mark vacation pe-
be seen but not edited. riods on a year calendar, during which the mail service is
suspended.
CondmasterWEB installs as a service on the server com-
puter, which can be any PC with Windows NT or higher. A Alarm via cellphone requires the services of a company that
Web address is needed. redirects e-mail to cellphones. The user must make his own
arrangement with the company providing the service.
CondmasterWEB can be accessed from any PC via LAN or
via Internet, normally through port 5790 (default). Option modules and installation instructions are included
on the Condmaster®Nova disc.
Here are examples of addressing CondmasterWEB after
logging on to the web with Microsoft Explorer.
Ordering number
A. CondmasterWEB is running on an external computer (= MOD183 CondmasterWEB and e-mail alarms
server) anywhere in the world or in the local network:
http://(servername):5790/
Condmaster® Nova - SAP link
SAP link (MOD184) is an optional module in Condmaster® Specific functions are required in the SAP software for the
Nova. communication to work properly. These functions are not
provided by SPM Instrument AB, only a protocol descrip-
The module provides a direct link to SAP software. Press-
tion of the functions as seen from Condmaster.
ing the SAP button on the Condmaster alarm list sends the
marked alarm message to the SAP software. Returned is a Z_Condmaster is the function that has to be implemented
SAP work order number that locks the alarm, until a sec- in SAP software. Condmaster calls Z-Condmaster in SAP
ond message from SAP deletes the alarm and sets a com- and sends the measuring point and alarm information. SAP
ment on the Condmaster measuring point, stating what creates a work order and a file where Condmaster reads
has been done. In addition, the Condmaster measuring the SAP work order number. This file can be saved any-
point setup now contains an optional field for SAP equip- where locally or on the server. It is normally placed in the
ment numbers. Condmaster directory. The path has to be set in Condmas-
ter.
The operation requires no extra data input. The Cond-
master operator simply presses the SAP button when he There is no extra data input required on the SAP side. Cond-
decides that an alarm merits an SAP work order. The SAP master measuring point numbers and Standard Comment
operator responds by sending a Standard Comment to a codes are available to SAP software via a command to the
text file. SQL server that controls the Condmaster data base.
Standard Comments are a user defined register of short Option modules and installation instructions are included
messages in Condmaster, e. g. ‘Bearing replaced’. The SAP on the Condmaster®Nova disc.
operator can add free text. On receiving the comment,
Condmaster deletes the alarm. The comment is added to Ordering number
the list of comments under the measuring point and is vis-
MOD184 SAP link
ible in the measuring result diagram.
Condmaster® Nova - AMOS link
The AMOS link (MOD185) is an optional module in Cond- Specific functions are required in the AMOS software for
master® Nova. the communication to work properly. These functions are
not provided by SPM Instrument AB, only a protocol de-
The module provides a link to AMOS software. Clicking
scription of the functions as seen from Condmaster.
the Alarm export button on the Condmaster alarm list
sends the marked alarm message to the AMOS software. Running the AMOS link requires a CBM module in AMOS.
Returned is an AMOS work order number that locks the A register of planned actions equivalent to that in Cond-
alarm, until a second message from AMOS deletes the master must be implemented, and component numbers
alarm and sets a comment on the Condmaster measuring need to be the same in both systems.
point, stating what has been done.
Option modules and installation instructions are included
The operation requires no extra data input. The Condmas- on the Condmaster®Nova disc.
ter operator simply presses the Alarm export button when
he decides that an alarm merits an AMOS work order. The Ordering number
AMOS operator responds by sending a Standard Com-
MOD185 AMOS link
ment to a text file.
Standard Comments are a user defined register of short

messages in Condmaster, e.g. “Bearing replaced”. The
AMOS operator can add free text. On receiving the com-
ment, Condmaster deletes the alarm. The comment is add-
ed to the list of comments under the measuring point and
is visible in the measuring result diagram.
Condmaster® Nova - Rule Based Evaluation, RBE
RBE, Rule Based Evaluation (MOD181) is an optional mod- triggered. Measuring points can be added and deleted as
ule in Condmaster® Nova. The purpose of RBE is to give required. When the conditions of a specific alarm are met,
the user guidance on what to do when certain alarm con- the alarm is triggered, suggesting appropriate measures.
ditions are met. RBE is en excellent tool in Product Inte-
grated Maintenance (PIM). If for instance there are high readings on a pump housing
the reason is most likely cavitation. If this condition arises,
RBE items are made up of standard comments and user the RBE function could be set up to rectify the problem.
defined texts to set up alarm parameters for trigged mea- Suggested actions might be to open valves, change speed
suring points. Photographs can be attached to illustrate. or other relevant measures to correct the faulty condition.
Each RBE item consists of a standard comment, one or

Ordering number
more trigged measuring points, one or more variables and
MOD181 Rule Based Evaluation, RBE
a rule specifying under what conditions the alarm is to be
Condmaster® Nova - Plant Performer™
Balancing campaign Alignment campaign Adjustment, alignment of belts
January June December
Example diagrams: 1) Technical KPI, average vibration - RMS level

2) Distribution of condition across all measuring points
Plant Performer™ is a statistics module in Condmaster, the goals of the maintenance organization. For instance,
enabling strategic analysis of the economical and techni- the overall vibration level for a department, or an entire
cal impact of maintenance. Statistical assignments are user plant, calculated on a regular time interval.
defined and may include database or machine condition
statistics and technical Key Performance Indicators, pre- The contents of the database, such as the number of mea-
sented in easily understood pie, bar chart or 3D diagrams. suring points or rounds, can be viewed using the database
statistics function.
The concept of machine types, to which measuring points
are connected, is central in the statistical module. When Statistical examples include:
corrective measures have been taken, the user enters in- • Total Loss of Contribution
formation in a Corrective maintenance comment, which • Overall vibration level for a department / for all fans /
is then used to generate economical statistics. Calculation for entire plant etc.
intervals can be specified, and the resulting two or three • Operating condition (green – yellow - red) for all elec-
dimensional graph can be exported to Word or Excel, trical motors
printed or copied to clipboard. • Number of fans in alarm condition
• Alarms per machine type
Machine types are also the base for machine condition sta-
tistics.
Ordering number
Technical KPIs (Key Performance Indicators) are set up on
MOD186 Plant Performer
the measuring point level. KPIs are quantifiable metrics
used to facilitate defining and measuring progress towards
Condmaster® Nova - Order tracking
Order tracking is an optional Condmaster function used of the rotational frequency. When expressed in orders, two
with Leonova Infinity for vibration analysis on variable or more spectra from the same machine can be more easily
speed applications. It is an ideal technique for analysing compared because the rotational speed (1x) and its mul-
vibration problems that are related to the rotational speed tiples (harmonics) will always appear in the same spectrum
of various machine components. position (orders), even when rotational speed varies. The
results can also be displayed in a waterfall diagram.
The method uses multiples of running speed (orders), rath-
er than absolute frequency (Hz) to determine the upper The primary advantage of order tracking is that the select-
frequency range. A tachometer pulse from the machine is ed order range will always cover the symptoms of interest,
required to determine the sampling frequency. regardless of running speed.
The purpose of order tracking is to retain the line reso- Ordering number
lution (number of lines per order) even when rotational MOD188 Order tracking, unlimited use
speed varies between measurements. The reference axis
of the resulting spectrum is scaled in orders, i.e. multiples
4
4
Shock Pulse Transducers,
Adapters and Tools
Standard Adapters
d = M8 / UNC 5/16"
Adapters are solid bolts which are mounted in countersunk

and threaded holes in the bearing housings. They form the Mounting hole CAP-02
connecting points for a transducer with quick connector, min. 15 mm
TRA-30 and equivalent.
Standard adapters are available in three lengths and various

thread sizes, see part numbers below. The material is either
stainless steel or zinc-plated steel.
Part numbers
Max. 57 mm
The following types of adapters are available:
32000 Zinc-plated, M8, 24 mm
32100 Zinc-plated, M8, 78 mm 78 mm
32200 Zinc-plated, M8, 113 mm
33000 Zinc-plated, UNC 5/16", 24 mm

33200 Zinc-plated, UNC 5/16", 113 mm Max. 92 mm
32010 Stainless steel, M8, 24 mm
32110 Stainless steel, M8, 78 mm
32210 Stainless steel, M8, 113 mm 113 mm
33010 Stainless steel, UNC 5/16", 24 mm
CAP-02 Dust cap for adapters
Technical data
Material, stainless steel SS 2346 (AISI 303) To drill the mounting hole, use drill bits:
Material, zinc-plated 12 μ m Zn 6.9 mm for M8
Torque 15 Nm 6.6 mm for UNC 5/16"
Mounting tools Torque the adapter with a torque wrench and a

17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
82053 Countersink with fixed pilot for M8
81027 Holder for countersink
81028 Countersink, angle 90°, ø 12 mm
81031 Pilot for M8
81032 Pilot for UNC 5/16"
Adapter Cap
CAP-02
41
11
16
53
TPEV
The adapter cap CAP-02, made of red santoprene, protects Technical data
the contact surface of adapters from dirt, paint, and dam-
Material: Santoprene (TPEV)
age.
Temperature range: -60 to 135 ϒC
A clean and undamaged adapter surface is essential for the Weight: 2.5 g
correct transmission of shock pulses from the bearing to the
measuring instrument. CAP-02 fits all types of SPM adapters.
Adapters with lock nut
Adapters with lock nut are solid bolts of stainless steel.

They are intended to replace existing mounting bolts or
screws for protective covers, etc., with a thickness up to 6
mm. Adapters with lock nut are mounted in countersunk
and threaded holes in the bearing housings. They form
connecting points for the transducer with quick connector,
TRA-30 and equivalent.
Adapters with lock nut are available in thread sizes from M8

to M12, see ordering numbers below. The table contains
adapter thread size (d), lock nut threads (dn), and the width
Mounting hole
(n) across the flats of the lock nut.
min. 15 mm
Ordering numbers
32511 d = M8 dn = 12 n = 19
34511 d = M10 dn = 14 n = 19
36511 d = M12 dn = 16 n = 22
Mounting tools
Technical data 82053 Countersink with fixed pilot for M8
Material Stainless steel, SS 2346 81027 Holder for countersink
(AISI 303) 81028 Countersink, angle 90ϒ, ø 12 (M6-M10)
81029 Countersink, angle 90ϒ, ø 15 (M12)
Adapter torque M8 15 Nm 81031 Pilot for M8
Lock nut torque M8 12 Nm 81033 Pilot for M10
81035 Pilot for M12
Adapter torque M10 20 Nm 81086 Socket, 17 mm
Lock nut torque M10 15 Nm
To drill the mounting hole, use drill bits:
Adapter torque M12 30 Nm 6.9 mm for M8
Lock nut torque M12 20 Nm 8.6 mm for M10
10.3 mm for M12
Torque the adapter with a torque wrench and a 17 mm
socket, then the lock nut with a 19 (22) mm long socket.
Glue-on adapter
13
4
36000
ø16 17
36010
Glue-on adapters have the same measuring characteristics

as threaded adapters and connect to the transducer TRA-30.
They have a flat, circular base with a removable tubular pin
for unloading and fixing, and are attached to the measuring
point with a suitable adhesive.
A glue-on adapter can replace the corresponding tapered

adapter:
ø4.0
• on thinwalled housings
• where drilling would affect equipment warranties min.4.5
(mount without the tubular pin).
r = min. 100 mm
Mounting
Select a measuring point in accordance with the SPM rules.
Use a 4.0 mm drill for the mounting hole and make it 4.5
mm deep. The contact surface has to be plane, clean and Technical data
free from paint. It should be planed with a counterbore, min. Material, stainless steel: SS 2346 (AISI 303)
diameter 16 mm. Material, zink-plated: SS 1914, 15 mm Zn
Seat surface: ø16 mm
The recommended adhesives are 3M DP810, Loctite 638 or
Tubular pin: Spring steel,
480, to be applied according to the manufacturer's instruc-
for hole ø 4.0 mm
tion. Put adhesive into the mounting hole as well as onto the
Weight: 22 g
adapter's seat surface. To avoid damage to the adapters's
Adhesive: 3M DP810, Loctite 638,
contact surface, use a mallet of soft material to tap it down
Loctite 480 or similar
into the mounting hole and press its seat surface against the
material of the bearing housing.
Ordering numbers
If necessary, the adapter can be mounted without the tubular 36000 Glue-on adapter, zink-plated
pin. Press it firmly against the bearing housing until the adhe- 36010 Glue-on adapter, stainless steel
sive has sufficiently hardened to hold the adapter's weight.
Wait until the adhesive has completely hardened before Mounting tools
connecting a transducer. TOM-11 Counterbore, 16 mm
81274 Holder for counterbore
14602 Pilot, 4 mm
Standard Shock Pulse Transducers
A M8 /
UNC 5/16"
46.5 4 11 17
61.5
B
ø 11
46.5 58 11
115.5
Standard shock pulse transducers are used in all permanent

SPM installations for bearing monitoring. They are installed Mounting hole Space
in countersunk mounting holes on the bearing housings. min. 15 mm min. 100 mm
A shock pulse transducer converts the shock pulses emitted SPM 93022
by the bearing into electric signals. A coaxial cable connects
the transducer with a measuring terminal or measuring de-
vice. Max. cable length is 4 m.
Transducer housing and base are made of stainless acid

Space min. 75 mm
proof steel, suitable for aggressive environments. Standard
thread size is M8, with UNC 5/16" as an alternative. Stand-
ard length (A) is 61.5 mm. A long transducer (B), length
115.5 mm, is used to reach bearing housings beneath pro-
tective covers.
The transducer is normally connected with a TNC plug, SPM SPM 93077
93022. A TNC angle plug, SPM 93077, can be used in Max. 57 mm
narrow spaces. To prevent cable corrosion in moist environ-
ments, the coaxial cable must be con-nected with a sealing
TNC plug, SPM 13008.
Ordering numbers
40000 Standard shock pulse transducer, M8
40100 Standard shock pulse transducer,
UNC 5/16"
40001 Standard shock pulse transducer, Mounting tools
M8, extended 82053 Countersink with fixed pilot for M8
40101 Standard shock pulse transducer, 81027 Holder for countersink
UNC 5/16", extended 81028 Countersink, angle 90ϒ, 12 mm dia.
81031 Pilot for M8
Technical data 81032 Pilot for UNC 5/16"
Measuring range Max. 100 dBsv
To drill the mounting hole, use drill bits 6.9 mm for M8, 6.6
Housing, base Stainless acid proof steel,
mm for UNC5/16".
Sandvik Grade:1802, EN:1.4523
Design Sealed Torque and unscrew the transducer with a torque wrench
Connector tightness IP65 with TNC connector and a long 17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
IP67 with conn. SPM13008
Temperature range -30ϒC to +150ϒC
External overpressure Max. 1 MPa (10 bar)
Torque 15 Nm, max. 20 Nm
Connector TNC jack
Shock Pulse Transducer with TMU
ø16 ø11
M8 /
UNC 5/16"
60.5 4 11 17
75.5
The shock pulse transducer with TMU is used in permanent

SPM installations for bearing monitoring, in cases where the Mounting hole Space
cable length between transducer and measuring unit ex- min. 15 mm min. 115 mm
ceeds 4 m. This allows a cable length of max. 100 m. The
transducer with TMU is installed in a countersunk mounting
hole on the bearing housing, in the same way as a standard
transducer.
SPM 93022
A shock pulse transducer with TMU (TMU = Transducer
Matching Unit) converts the shock pulses emitted by the Space min. 115 mm
bearing into an electric signal, and stabilizes the signal for
transmission via a long cable. A coaxial cable connects the
transducer with a measuring terminal or measuring device.
Transducer housing and base are made of stainless, acid

SPM 13008
proof steel, suitable for aggressive environments. Thread
size is M8, with UNC 5/16" as an alternative.
Space min. 90 mm
The transducer is normally connected with a TNC plug, SPM

93022. In moist environments, the coaxial cable must be
connected with a sealing TNC plug, SPM 13008. A TNC
angle plug, SPM 93077, can be used in narrow spaces.
SPM 93077
Ordering numbers
42000 Shock pulse transducer with TMU, M8
42100 Shock pulse transducer with TMU, UNC 5/16" Mounting tools
82053 Countersink with fixed pilot for M8
81027 Holder for countersink
Technical data 81028 Countersink, angle 90ϒ, 12 mm dia.
Measuring range Max. 100 dBsv 81031 Pilot for M8
Housing, base Stainless acid proof steel, 81032 Pilot for UNC 5/16"
Design Sealed
To drill the mounting hole, use drill bits 6.9 mm for M8, 6.6
Connector tightness IP65 with TNC connector
mm for UNC 5/16".
Temperature range –30ϒC to +100ϒC Torque and unscrew the transducer with a torque wrench
External overpressure Max. 0.7 MPa (7 bar) and a long 17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
Torque 15 Nm, max. 20 Nm
Connector TNC jack
Isolation Foot for Shock Pulse Transducers
Shock Pulse
Transducer
35
Isolation Foot
15862 (t = M8)
24
15906 (t =UNC 5/16")
17
The isolation foot is intended for SPM Shock Pulse Trans- ing faults. The isolation foot is installed in a countersunk
ducers and should be used to provide electric isolation. mounting hole, in the same way as a standard transducer.
The reason is that differences in earth potential between SPM 15862 has M8 thread and SPM 15906 has UNC 5/16".
transducer and measuring equipment can cause measur- The isolation exceed 1 Mohm at 500 V.
Glue-on Shock Pulse Transducer SPM 40010
ø14
M3
47.5 2.5 - 3 17
40010
Glue-on transducers 40010 can replace standard transducers

on thinwalled bearing housings and on machines where the
drilling of standard mounting holes would affect equipment
warranties. They have the same measuring characteristics as
standard transducers, but a flat, circular base which is glued 81274
to the measuring point, and an M3 screw for unloading and

fixing.
81275
Mounting ø 2.7
The transducer is mounted against a smooth, flat surface
on the machine. Use a 2.7 mm drill for the mounting hole ø 15
and make it 4.5 mm deep. Always plane the surface with a
14041
counterbore, min. diameter 15 mm.
min.4.5
The recommended adhesives are 3M DP810, Loctite 638 or
max.1
Loctite 480. Please read the instructions for use and follow
them carefully. Screw the transducer by hand into the mount-
ing hole. The screw is self-threading. In narrow spaces a 17
mm socket (SPM 81086) may be used. The torque should not
be more than 1 Nm. Wait until the adhesive has hardened
before connecting the cable.
min. 4.5 min. 100 mm
Technical data
Measuring range: Max. 100 dBsv
Housing, base: Stainless acid proof steel,
Design: Sealed
Connector tightness: IP65 with TNC connector
IP 67 with conn. SPM13008
Temperature range: -30° C to +150° C
min. 4.5 min. 75 mm
External overpressure: Max. 1 MPa (10 bar)
Recommended adhesive: 3M DP810, Loctite 638 or 480
Connector: TNC
Weight: 50 g
Tools
14042 Counterbore, complete
81275 Counterbore, diameter 15 mm
14041 Pilot, diameter 2.7 mm
81086 Socket, 17 mm
Tel
+46 152 22500 • Fax +46 152 15075 • info@spminstrument.se • www.spminstrument.com ISO 9001 certified. © Copyright SPM 2009-02. TD-98 B
Shock Pulse Transducers in Bolt Design
M10
SPM
M12
55.5 60 17
115.5
A shock pulse transducer in bolt design is intended to

replace one of the holding bolts of the bearing housing. It
can be used in case there is an uninterrupted signal path
between the bearing and the transducer’s seat surface (A).
This means that the the seat surface (A) of the transducer is
placed directly on the bearing housing. Shock pulses from
the bearing are transmitted via that surface, not via the
threads.
The transducer is mounted against a flat surface, milled and

unpainted, within the load zone of the bearing. Washers
must not be used. The transducer is pierced for a locking
wire, hole diameter 1.5 mm. Space min. 100 mm
Via a coaxial cable with TNC connector, the transducer is

connected to a bearing damage detector or a measuring
terminal for a portable shock pulse meter. In moist environ-
ments, a sealing TNC connector SPM 13008 must be used.
An angle connector SPM 93077 is used in narrow spaces
(min. space requirement 85 mm). Max. cable length is 4 m.
The transducer is torqued with a torque wrench and a long
17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
Part numbers
41225 Transducer in bolt design, M10
41435 Transducer in bolt design, M12
Technical data
Housing, base Stainless acid proof steel, Mounting tools
Sandvik Grade:1802, EN:1.4523 81027 Holder for counterbore
Design Sealed 81057 Counterbore, diameter 20 mm
Connector tightness IP65 with TNC connector 81033 Pilot 8.5 mm (M10)
81035 Pilot 10.2 mm (M12)
Temperature range -30ϒ C to +150ϒ C
External overpressure Max. 1 MPa (10 bar)
Hole for locking wire 1.5 mm dia.
Connector TNC jack
Torque: Max. 20 Nm for M10,
30 Nm for M12
Special Bolts for Shock Pulse Transducers
14073 14074 14075
Special bolts for shock pulse transducers are used in perma-

nent SPM installations for bearing monitoring. The typical
application is turbo chargers, where they function as holding
bolts for bearing caps and receivers for standard shock pulse
transducers with M8 threads (SPM 40000).
The bolts are made of high-tensile steel and must be SPM 40000
mounted without washers. Each bolt is delivered with an M3 SPM 46024-L
locking screw and an Allen key for this screw. The locking
screw is secured in its hole. Bolts must not be re-used after
unscrewing
Technical data Locking

screw
Material: High-tensile steel, SS-EN 2244-05,
No washer!
EN 10083-3:2006, 42CrMo4
Locking screw: SK6SS, M3 x 6
Turbo Bolt Thread Torque Cable Cable

type Art. no. size max. length (L) Art. no.
VTR 454 14073 M12 100 Nm 450 mm 46024-0.45

VTR 501 14073 M12 100 Nm 550 mm 46024-0.55
VTR 564 14074 M16 230 Nm 550 mm 46024-0.55
VTR 714 14075 M20 350 Nm 650 mm 46024-0.65
Shock Pulse Transducer with Probe TRA-22
TRA-22
TRA-22 is a hand-held probe, which is used together with

Shock Pulse Tester T30 (T2000/T2001) and Shock Pulse
Analyzer A30 (A2010/A2011). The probe is directionally sen-
sitive and must be held aligned against the bearing and not
deviate from this direction by more than ± 5ϒ. The probe tip
is Aspring loaded and moves within a sleeve made of
chloroprene rubber (neoprene) and tolerates 110ϒC (230ϒF).
Measuring points for the probe transducer should be lo-

cated directly on the bearing housing and the signal path
should be in a direct line to the contact area. The strongest
shock pulses are emitted from the loaded region of the
rolling interface in the bearing. The loaded region for radial
load covers a sector of ± 45ϒ from the load direction, for
axial load the region is 360ϒ. Since the transfer of shock
pulses to the bearing housing is limited by the width of the
bearing, direct radiation of pulses will be restricted to a BEX-20 BEX-21
sector of ± 60ϒfrom the perpendicular to the rolling surface.
Measuring points should be clearly marked, for instance
with the SPM marker BEX-19.
To maintain a steady pressure on the tip, press the probe

tip against the measuring point until the rubber sleeve is in
contact with the surface. Avoid pressing the probe tip against
cavaties and fillets which are smaller than the probe tip.
Ordering numbers
TRA-22 Shock pulse transducer, probe assembly max. 60ϒ
BEX-19 Measuring point marker BEX-19
BEX-20 Center drill
BEX-21 Rotary file
Spare parts
TRA-15 Transducer with probe
BAX-10 Probe handle
CAB-06 Cable for TRA-22
13108 Sleeve for probe tip
TRA-72

Leonova. The probe is directionally sensitive and must be
held aligned against the bearing and not deviate from this
direction by more than ± 5ϒ. The probe tip is spring loaded
and moves within a sleeve made of chloroprene rubber
(neoprene) and tolerates 110ϒC (230ϒF).

bearing, direct radiation of pulses will be restricted to a
sector of ± 60ϒfrom the perpendicular to the rolling surface. BEX-20 BEX-21
Measuring points should be clearly marked, for instance
with the SPM marker BEX-19.

Ordering numbers
TRA-72 Shock pulse transducer, probe assembly
BEX-19 Measuring point marker max. 60ϒ
BEX-20 Center drill BEX-19
BEX-21 Rotary file
Spare parts
BAX-10 Probe handle

Bearing Checker. The probe is directionally sensitive and
must be held aligned against the bearing and not deviate
from this direction by more than ±5°. The probe tip is spring
loaded and moves within a sleeve made of chloroprene rub-
ber (neoprene) and tolerates 110° C (230° F).
Measuring points for the probe transducer should be located

directly on the bearing housing and the signal path should
be in a direct line to the contact area. The strongest shock
pulses are emitted from the loaded region of the rolling
interface in the bearing. The loaded region for radial load
covers a sector of ±45° from the load direction, for axial
load the region is 360°. Since the transfer of shock pulses to
the bearing housing is limited by the width of the bearing,
direct radiation of pulses will be restricted to a sector of
±60° from the perpendicular to the rolling surface. Measur-
ing points should be clearly marked, for instance with the
SPM marker BEX-19. BEX-20 BEX-21

Technical data
Coaxial cable PVC, length 1.5 m (5 ft)
Connector Lemo
Dimensions 260 x 25 mm (10.2 x 1 in)
Weight 275 g (9.7 oz)
max. 60°
Ordering numbers
BEX-19
BEX-19 Measuring point marker
BEX-20 Center drill
BEX-21 Rotary file
Spare parts
BAX-10 Probe handle
CAB-73 Cable for TRA-73, LEMO connector, 1.5 m (5 ft)
Shock pulse transducer with quick connector TRA-30
TRA-30
TRA-30 is a shock pulse transducer with quick connector. It

is used for measurements on permanently installed adapt-
ers. The quick connector forms a bayonet connection to-
gether with the adapter.
To attach the TRA-30 to an adapter, push the transducer

firmly onto the adapter and twist it clockwise.
Twist counter clockwise to unfasten the transducer.
Technical data
Design Sealed
Temperature range -30ϒ to +70ϒ C
Material, spanner Blacknited steel
Handle cover Urethan
Coaxial cable PVC, length 1.5 m
Connector TNC
Weight 250 g
Part numbers
TRA-30 Transducer with quick connector, incl. cable
TRA-70
TRA-70 is a shock pulse transducer with quick connector for

measurements on permanently installed adapters. The trans-
ducer can be used together with the handheld instrument
Leonova. The quick connector forms a bayonet connection
together with the permanently installed adapter.

Technical data
Design Sealed
Temperature range -30ϒ to +70ϒ C
Connector BNC
Weight 250 g

measurements on permanently installed adapters. The trans-
ducer can be used together with the handheld instrument
Bearing Checker. The quick connector forms a bayonet con-
nection together with the permanently installed adapter.

Technical data
Design Sealed
Temperature range -30° to +70° C
(-22° to +158° F)
Coaxial cable PVC, length 1.5 m (5 ft)
Connector Lemo
Dimensions 90 x 30 mm (1.2 x 3.5 in)
Weight 203 g (7.2 oz)
Transducer with quick connector TRA-75

Bearing Checker, specially designed for narrow spaces.
On TRA-75, the cable is fitted with an angle connector, mak-

ing this transducer about 30 mm shorter than the standard
model TRA-74. In all other respects, the two models are
identical.

Technical data
Design Sealed
(-22° to +158° F)
Material, handle Stainless steel
Coaxial cable PVC, length 1.5 m (4.9 ft)
Connector LEMO
Length 70 mm (2.8 in)
Weight 200 g (7 oz)
Transducer with quick connector TRA-31
TRA-31
TRA-31 is a shock pulse transducer with quick connector,

specially designed for narrow spaces.
On TRA-31, the cable is fitted with an angle connector,

making this transducer about 30 mm shorter than the stand-
ard model TRA-30. In all other respects, the two models are
identical.

Technical data
Design Sealed
Connectors TNC
Length 70 mm
Weight 220 g
Part numbers
TRA-31 Transducer with quick connector incl. cable
46012-1.5 Cable for TRA-31
SPM Instrument AB• Box 4 • S-645 21 Strängnäs • Sweden Technical data are subject to change without notice.
Transducer with quick connector and TMU
TRA-32
66
ø 28
TRA-32 is a shock pulse transducer with quick connector,

specially designed for applications where the measuring
cable is longer than 4 m.
TRA-32 has a built-in transducer matching unit (TMU) which

allows a cable length of up to 100 m between the trans-
ducer and the shock pulse meter. TRA-32 fits all SPM adapt-
ers.
If transducer and measuring cable are used in moist envi-

ronments, it is necessary to equip the cable with a sealing
TNC cable plug SPM 13008.

Technical data
Design Sealed
Connector TNC
Max. cable length 100 m
SPM Instrument AB• Box 4 • S-645 21 Strängnäs • Sweden Technical data are subject to change without notice.
Tachometer Probe TAD-18
TAD-12
TAD-13
TAD-18 TAD-11 TAD-17 TAD-15
TAD-14
CAB-10 TAD-16 TAD-10
The Tachometer Probe TAD-18 is used together with SPM's

hand-held instruments for optical measurement of the rate
of rotation and for contact measurement of as well the rate
of rotation as the peripheral speed.
Optical measurement of the rate of rotation

A light beam is directed against a reflecting tape on the
rotating object, from a distance of max. 0.6 m and from an Max. 45ϒ
angle of max. 45ϒ.
Contact measurement of rpm

The contact adapter TAD-10 with a rubber tipped contact
center, TAD-11/15, is screwed onto the tachometer probe
and then held against the center of a shaft end or a wheel.
Contact measurement of peripheral speed

The contact adapter TAD-10 with contact wheel is held
against the circumference of a shaft, a belt, etc. The speed
is read out in units, depending on which contact wheel is
used:
Meters per minute – use TAD-12, divide result by 10
Yards per minute – use TAD-13, divide result by 10
Feet per minute – use TAD-17, divide result by 2.
Ordering numbers
TAD-18 Tachometer probe with cable
CAB-10 Spiral cable
TAD-10 Contact adapter
TAD-11 Contact center, rpm, short TAD-12 = 0.1 m / min.
TAD-13 = 0.1 yd. / min.
TAD-15 Contact center, rpm, long
TAD-17 = 0.5 ft / min.
TAD-12 Contact wheel, meter/min.
TAD-13 Contact wheel, yards/min.
TAD-17 Contact wheel, feet/min.
TAD-14 Reflecting tape, pad of 5 sheets Technical specifications
TAD-16 Reflecting tape for thin shafts, 5 sheets Measuring range: max. 20 000 rpm optical
Measuring distance: max. 0.6 m (2 ft.)
Dimensions, TAD-18: 171 x 42 mm
Temperature probe TEM-11
TEM-11
TEN-10 TEN-11
CAB-10
The temperature probe TEM-11 is used together with SPM's

hand-held instruments, for temperature measurements in
the range of –50 to +440 ϒC.
The probe TEM-11 is connected via the spiral cable CAB-10

to the EXT connector of the instrument. The TEMP menu
appears automatically on the instrument when the tempera-
ture probe is connected. It is power supplied by the instru-
ment.
Two probe tips belong to TEM-11:
• TEN-10 for measuring the surface temperature of
solids
• TEN-11 for measuring the temperatures of liquids.
The probe tips fit into the socket at the front end of the
probe. Probe and tips should be handled and stored with
care. Keep the protective cap on the TEN-10 when the tip is Technical specifications
not being used. Measuring range: –50 to +440 ϒC
(–58 to +824 ϒF)
Ordering numbers Maximum offset: ± 5 ϒC (± 9 ϒF)
TEM-11 Temperature probe with cable Measuring uncertainty ± 1ϒ C
CAB-10 Spiral cable Sensitivity 10 mV / ϒC
TEN-10 Probe tip for solids Output range 0 to 5 V DC
TEN-11 Probe tip for liquids. Power supply +5 V DC
Measuring time: approx. 1 minute
Dimensions,
TEM-11: 118 x ø 42 mm
TEN-10: length 122 mm with cap
TEN-11: length 159 mm
Weight TEM-11: 94 g
Countersinking tools for adapters and transducers
ø8 ø 10
ø 6.8
81027 82053
81027
c
ø 6.8 81057
dc
ø 20
p p
b d
min.2, max.4
min.13
min.15
min.1
Combination tools b (mm) p c dc (mm) d

The listed tools are used for correct countersinking of mount-
5.5 81030 81028 ø12 M6 / UNF 1/4"
ing holes for adapters and standard shock pulse transduc-
ers. The combination tool consists of a holder, a replaceable 6.9 81031 81028 ø12 M8
countersink and replaceable pilots. Ordering numbers are 6.6 81032 81028 ø12 UNC 5/16"
shown beside. 8.6 81033 81028 ø12 M10
8.1 81034 81028 ø12 UNC 3/8"
81057 Counterbore 10.3 81035 81029 ø15 M12
The counterbore is used for flat face milling of mounting 10.9 81036 81029 ø15 UNC 1/2"
holes for shock pulse transducers in bolt design and vibra-
tion transducers. The counterbore is mounted in holder
81027 together with a pilot according to the table beside.
ø6
82053 Countersink with fixed pilot
The countersink is intended for mounting hole M8. 81274
Counterbore for Glue-on Transducer 40010

81275
14042 Counterbore, complete ø 2.7
ø 15
14041 Pilot, diameter 2.7 mm 14041
min. 4.5
max. 1
Tools for measuring point preparation

BEX-20 center drill and BEX-21 ball shaped rotary file are
used to prepare measuring points for the probe transducer,
and to faciliate drilling of mounting holes for adapters,
studs, and transducers at an angle.
BEX-20 BEX-21
ø4 ø 15
5
5
5
Vibration Transducers and Transmitters
SOLID Transducers and Transmitters - Overview
All SOLID transducers and transmitters are internally isolated. The vibration transducers have a temperature range of
– 40 to +120 °C (– 40 to +248 °F), whereas the 4–20 mA transmitters operate in –40 to +85 °C (–40 to +185 °F).
Vibration Transducers
Article no. Ex Thread Connector Frequency range Sensitivity Compatible with TD sheet
SLD 121 A – M8 SMB 2 – 1000 Hz 1.2 mV/m/s 2
CMM, MG4, Intellinova TD-283
SLD 121 B – M8 2-pin 2 – 1000 Hz 1.2 mV/m/s 2
SLD 121 E – UNF 1/4" SMB 2 – 1000 Hz 1.2 mV/m/s2 CMM, MG4, Intellinova TD-283
SLD 121 F – UNF 1/4" 2 - pin 2 – 1000 Hz 1.2 mV/m/s 2
SLD 122 A – M8 SMB 2 – 5000 Hz 4 mV/m/s 2
MG4, Intellinova TD-283
SLD 122 B – M8 2-pin 2 – 5000 Hz 4 mV/m/s 2
SLD 122 E – UNF 1/4" SMB 2 – 5000 Hz 4 mV/m/s2 MG4, Intellinova TD-283
SLD 122 F – UNF 1/4" 2 - pin 2 – 5000 Hz 4 mV/m/s 2
SLD 144 B – M8 2 - pin 2 – 10 000 Hz 10 mV/m/s 2
LEO, VCM, Intellinova TD-283
SLD 144 F – UNF 1/4" 2 - pin 2 – 10 000 Hz 10 mV/m/s 2
SLD 243 B Ex M8 2 - pin 2 – 10 000 Hz 5 mV/m/s2 LEO, VCM, Intellinova TD-284
SLD 243 F Ex UNF 1/4" 2 - pin 2 – 10 000 Hz 5 mV/m/s 2
SLD 244 B Ex M8 2 - pin 2 – 10 000 Hz 10 mV/m/s 2
SLD 244 F Ex UNF 1/4" 2 - pin 2 – 10 000 Hz 10 mV/m/s 2
Vibration Transducers with Side Entry

Article no. Thread Connector Frequency range Sensitivity Compatible with TD sheet
SLD 144S M8 2 - pin 2 – 10 000 Hz 10 mV/m/s 2
SLD 144 S-UNF UNF 1/4" 2 - pin 2 – 10 000 Hz 10 mV/m/s 2
The frequency range is specified for the transducer when permanently installed. The measuring results will be affected at
higher frequencies when using a magnetic foot.
Note: Ex approved transducers must be used together with transducer interface SPM 15226 or Ex approved zener
barrier when used in explosive environment.
4-20 mA Vibration Transmitters

Article no. Ex Thread Connector / Cable Frequency range Measuring range TD sheet
SLD722 C – M8 Integrated cable, 3 m* 2 – 1000 Hz 0 – 12.5 mm/s TD-285
SLD722 G – UNF 1/4" Integrated cable, 3 m* 2 – 1000 Hz 0 – 0.5 in/s TD-285
SLD 723 C – M8 Integrated cable, 3 m* 2 – 1000 Hz 0 – 25 mm/s TD-285
SLD 723 - M10 – M10 Integrated cable, 3 m* 2 – 1000 Hz 0 – 25 mm/s TD-285
SLD 723 G – UNF 1/4" Integrated cable, 3 m* 2 – 1000 Hz 0 – 1 in/s TD-285
SLD 823 C Ex M8 Integrated cable, 3 m* 2 – 1000 Hz 0 – 25 mm/s TD-286
SLD 823 G Ex UNF 1/4" Integrated cable, 3 m* 2 – 1000 Hz 0 – 1 in/s TD-286
SLD 833 C Ex M8 Integrated cable, 3 m* 10 – 1000 Hz 0 – 25 mm/s TD-286
SLD 833 G Ex UNF 1/4" Integrated cable, 3 m* 10 – 1000 Hz 0 – 1 in/s TD-286
* Standard cable length is 3 meters, but optional lengths may be ordered (ex. SLDXXXX-L, L = length in meters, max.30 m).
Note: Ex approved transmitters must be connected through a barrier when used in explosive environment.
Vibration Transducers with Side Entry
PIN A PIN B
+ –
The vibration transducers series SLD144S are piezo-electric

accelerometers of compression type with side entry and
101
built-in electronics, designed for vibration monitoring of
industrial machinery. The electrical signal is isolated from
the transducer housing.

min. 35 mm in diameter (min. 16 mm is required when us-
ing mounting base SPM 15757 or 15802). The transducer 15168
has a captured bolt for mounting and is connected via a
twisted pair cable with 2 pin connector. In moist environ-
ment, use the sealed connector with integrated measuring
ø 35
cable SPM 46105-L / 46106-L together with cable protection
tube SPM 81385.
Technical data 101

Protection tube
Nominal sensitivity, main axis: 10 mV/m/s * =100 mV/g
2
81385
Transverse sensitivity: max. 10%
Typical base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/µ strain
Linear frequency range: 2 Hz to 10 kHz (±3 dB )
Max. peak acceleration: 600 m/s2 = 60 g Measuring cable
Settling time: 3 sec 46105-L / 46106-L
Bias point: 11 to 14 V (typical 12 V)
Temperature range: – 40º to +125° C (–40° to 260° F) Mounting base
15757 (M8) /
Power requirements: 24 V / 2 to 5 mA
15802 (UNF 1/4")
Casing: Stainless acid proof steel
ø15
Sealing: IP67 together with appropriate
connector
Isolation: Case isolated, > 1 Mohm
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf . ft)
Weight: 200 grams (7 oz)
Connector type: Compatible with 2 pin MIL-
C-5015 style
ø 6.9 min. 35 M8
* Individual value given on the calibration chart. (ø 5.5) (UNF 1/4")
max. 0.7
min. 12
min. 10
Article number Name Thread ( t )
SLD 144S Vibration transducer M8
SLD 144S-UNF Vibration transducer UNF 1/4"
Vibration Transducers, Series SLD 100
Type B and F Type A and E
The vibration transducers series SLD100 are piezo-electric

accelerometers of compression type with built-in electronics,
designed for vibration monitoring of industrial machinery.
on the machine. The electrical signal is isolated from the
transducer housing.
Technical data
Typical base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m / s2 / µ strain
Max. peak acceleration: 600 m / s2 = 60 g
ø 6.9 min. 16 M8
Settling time: 3 sec
(ø 5.5) (UNF 1/4")
Temperature range: – 40° C to +125° C
(– 40° F to 260° F)
max. 0.7
min. 12
min. 10
Power requirements: 12 to 24 V, 2 to 5 mA
Sealing: ��
IP 67 together with appro-
priate connector Mounting tools
Isolation: Case isolated, > 1 Mohm
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf . ft) 81030 Pilot for UNF 1/4"
Weight: 110 grams (4 oz) 81031 Pilot for M8
To drill the mounting hole, use drill bit 6.9 mm (M8) or 5.5
mm (UNF 1/4"). Torque the transducer with a 24 mm torque
wrench.
Article number Connector type Thread ( t ) Frequency range Sensitivity (±1 dB) * Bias (typical)
SLD 121 A SMB M8 2 – 1000 Hz 1.2 mV/m/s2 = 12 mV/g 6 – 9 V (8 V)
SLD 121B 2-pin M8 2 – 1000 Hz 1.2 mV/m/s = 12 mV/g
2
6 – 9 V (8 V)
SLD 121E SMB UNF ¼" 2 – 1000 Hz 1.2 mV/m/s2 = 12 mV/g 6 – 9 V (8 V)
SLD 121F 2-pin UNF ¼" 2 – 1000 Hz 1.2 mV/m/s2 = 12 mV/g 6 – 9 V (8 V)
SLD122 A SMB M8 2 – 5000 Hz 4 mV/m/s2 = 40 mV/g 6 – 9 V (8 V)
SLD122 B 2-pin M8 2 – 5000 Hz 4 mV/m/s2 = 40 mV/g 6 – 9 V (8 V)
SLD122 E SMB UNF ¼" 2 – 5000 Hz 4 mV/m/s = 40 mV/g
2
6 – 9 V (8 V)
SLD122 F 2-pin UNF ¼" 2 – 5000 Hz 4 mV/m/s2 = 40 mV/g 6 – 9 V (8 V)
SLD144 B 2-pin M8 2 – 10 000 Hz 10 mV/m/s2 = 100 mV/g 11 – 13 V (12 V)
SLD144 F 2-pin UNF ¼" 2 – 10 000 Hz 10 mV/m/s2 = 100 mV/g 11 – 13 V (12 V)
* Individual value given on the calibration chart.
Vibration Transducer TRV-18 / 19
Measuring direction
17
ø 27.5
Cable
36
clamp
9
t TRV-18: t = M8
TRV-19: t = UNF 1/4"- 28
ø 15
The transducers TRV-18 and TRV-19 are piezo-electric accel-

erometers of compression type with built-in preamplifier, de-
Moist environment:
signed for vibration monitoring of industrial machinery. They
SPM 13008
are used in permanent installations with the CMM System, Electric insula-
Intellinova and MG-4. The cable length between transducer tion:
and measuring unit is max. 50m (165 ft). TRX-18 (M8)
TRX-19 (UNF)
The transducer is mounted against a smooth, flat surface on
the machine. TRV-18 has thread size M8 and TRV-19 has UNF
1/4"-28. The transducers are delivered with three washers
for adjusting the connector angle. Each washer turns the
transducer 90°. The coaxial cable (SPM 90005-L or 90267-L)
with TNC connector must be secured with a clamp close to
the transducer.
In moist environments, use sealing TNC cable plugs SPM
13008 to prevent cable corrosion. For electric insulation, use
insulation foot TRX-18 / TRX-19.
ø 6.9 min. 16 M8
Technical data (ø 5.5) (UNF
Nominal sensitivity, main axis: 1.2 mV/m/s2 * 1/4"-28)
Typical base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/μ strain
min. 10
min. 12
max. 0.7
Linear frequency range: 3 to 1000 Hz

Max. peak acceleration: 600 m/s2
(-4° F to +260° F)
Typical temperature drift: 0.25% / °C
To drill the mounting hole, use drill bit 6.9 mm for M8 and
Sandvik Grade:1802,
5.5 mm for UNF 1/4"-28. Torque and unscrew the transducer
EN:1.4523
with a torque wrench and a 17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
Design: Sealed
Mounting tools
Connector type: TNC 81027 Holder for counterbore
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf/ft) 81057 Counterbore, diameter 20 mm
Power requirement: 12 to 24 V DC 81030 Pilot for UNF 1/4"-28 (TRV-19)
Constant current: 2 to 5 mA
81031 Pilot for M8 (TRV-18)
Bias point: 5 to 11 V (typ 7 V)
* Individual value given on the calibration chart.
Vibration Transducer TRV-20/21
Measuring direction
17
ø 27.5
Cable
36
clamp
9
t
ø15
The transducers TRV-20 and TRV-21 are piezo-electric

accelerometers of compression type with built-in pre Moist environment:
amplifier, designed for vibration monitoring of industrial ma- SPM 13008
chinery. The transducers are used in permanent installations Electric
insulation:
with Intellinova, the CMS System (measuring unit VCM) and TRX-18 (M8)
with the hand-held instrument Leonova. The cable length TRX-19 (UNF)
between the transducer and the measuring unit is max.
50 m (165 ft).

the machine. TRV-20 has thread size M8 and TRV-21 has UNF
1/4"-28. The transducers are delivered with three washers
for adjusting the connector angle. Each washer turns the Typical frequency response
transducer 90°. The coaxial cable (SPM 90005-L or 90267-L)
the transducer.
In moist environments, use sealing TNC cable plugs SPM

13008 to prevent cable corrosion. For electric insulation, use
Typical thermal response
insulated installation foot TRX-18/19.
Technical data
Nominal sensitivity, main axis: 4.0 mV/m/s2 *
Typical base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/μ strain
ø 6.9 min. 16 M8
(ø 5.5) (UNF
1/2"-28)
(-4° F to +260° F)
Power requirements: 12–24 V, 2–5 mA
min. 10
min. 12
max. 0.7
Casing: Stainless acid proof steel,

Sandvik Grade:1802,
EN:1.4523
Design: Sealed
Mounting tools
IP 67 with conn. SPM13008
81030 Pilot for UNF 1/4" (TRV-21)
Connector type: TNC
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf · ft) 81031 Pilot for M8 (TRV-20)
Bias point: 6 to 12 V (typ 8 V) To drill the mounting hole, use drill bit 6.9 mm for M8 and 5.5
* Individual value given on the calibration chart. mm for UNF 1/4". Torque and unscrew the transducer with a
torque wrench and a 17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
Measuring direction
17
ø 27.5
41.5
Cable
clamp
9
t
TRV-22: t = M8
ø 15 TRV-23: t = UNF 1/4"- 28
The transducers TRV-22 and TRV-23 are piezo-electric ac-

celerometers of compression type, designed for vibration
monitoring of industrial machinery. They can be used to-
gether with handheld instruments or in permanent installa- SPM 13008
tions. Max. cable length between transducer and measuring
unit is 10 m (33 ft).
The transducer is mounted in a threaded hole on a smooth,
flat surface on the machine. It is delivered with three wash-
ers for adjusting the connector angle. Each washer turns the
transducer 90ϒ. Fix low noise coaxial cable (SPM 90176-L or
90292-L) with TNC connector with a clamp close to the
transducer.
Installation in moist environments
For installations in moist environments, use sealing TNC
cable plugs SPM 13008 to prevent cable corrosion.
Technical data
Nominal sensitivity, main axis: 10 pC/m/s2 (7-12 pC/m/s2) *
ø 6.9 min. 16 M8
Transverse sensitivity: max. 10% (ø 5.5) (UNF
Typical base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/∝ strain 1/4"-28)
min. 10
min. 12

max. 0.7
Temperature range: –30ϒ C to +150ϒ C

(–22ϒ F to +302ϒ F)
Typical temperature drift: 0.25% / ϒC
Sandvik Grade:1802, To drill the mounting hole, use drill bit 6.9 mm (M8) or 5.5
EN:1.4523 mm (UNF 1/4"-28). Torque and unscrew the transducer with
a torque wrench and a 17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
Design: Sealed
Part Numbers
IP67 with conn. SPM13008 TRV-22 Vibration transducer, M8
Weight: 171 grams (6 oz) TRV-23 Vibration transducer, UNF 1/4"-28
Connector type: TNC 13008 Sealing TNC cable plug
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf/ ft)
81057 Counterbore, diam. 20 mm
* Individual value given on the calibration chart. 81031 Pilot for M8 (TRV-22)
4-20 mA Vibration Transmitters
L = Cable length max. 30 m, standard 3 m
The 4 - 20 mA vibration transmitters are piezo-electric

accelerometers of compression type and provide a 4-20 mA
output signal proportional to the true RMS value of vibra-
Transmitter
tion velocity. The transmitters can be connected to common
process control systems (PLC, DCS). The electrical signal is
isolated from the transmitter housing. The transmitters oper-
ates by using power from a standard 4-20 mA loop.
The transmitter is mounted against a smooth, flat surface on

the machine. Standard thread size is M8 or UNF 1/4"-28. The V DC Power – 12 V
transmitter has an integral cable (shielded, twisted pair) for Loop resistance R L max. =
20 mA
connection to the measuring device.
Technical data
Output signal: 4 to 20 mA
Turn on time, 4-20 mA loop: < 60 seconds
ø 6.9 min. 16 M8
Transverse sensitivity < 10 % (ø 5.5) (UNF 1/4")
Power requirements: 12 to 24 V DC [ø 8.6] [M10]
Loop resistance at 24 V DC: R L max. 600 Ω min. 10

min. 12
max. 0.7
Casing material: stainless acid proof steel

Operating temperature: -40 to 85 °C (–40 to 185 °F)
Sealing: IP 67
Isolation: case isolated, > 1 Mohm
Integral cable: PUR Article Thread Measuring Frequency
Cable length: max. 30 m (98 ft), number (t) range range
standard 3 m (10 ft) SLD 722 C M8 0 - 12.5 mm/s 2-1000 Hz
SLD 722 G UNF ¼" 0 - 0.5 in/s 2-1000 Hz
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf ft)
.
SLD723C M8 0 - 25 mm/s 2-1000 Hz

SLD723C-M10 M10 0 - 25 mm/s 2-1000 Hz
SLD723G UNF ¼" 0 - 1 in/s 2-1000 Hz
Mounting tools SLD724C M8 0 - 50 mm/s 2-1000 Hz
81027 Holder for counterbore SLD724G UNF ¼" 0 - 2 in/s 2-1000 Hz
81057 Counterbore, diameter 20 mm SLD733C M8 0 - 25 mm/s 10-1000 Hz
81030 Pilot for UNF 1/4" SLD733G UNF ¼" 0 - 1 in/s 10-1000 Hz
81031 Pilot for M8
81033 Pilot for M10 NB: Standard cable length is 3 meters, but optional lengths may be
ordered (ex. SLDXXXX-L where L = length in meters, max.30 m).
To drill the mounting hole, use drill bit 6.9 mm (M8), 8.6 mm
(M10) or 5.5 mm (UNF 1/4"-28). Torque the transmitter with
a 24 mm torque wrench.
4-20 mA Temperature Transmitter TMM-12 /13
t = M8 (TMM-12)
UNC 5/16" (TMM-13)
TMM-12 and TMM-13 are temperature transmitters with

a measuring range from –16° to +120° C and an analog
output of 4 to 20 mA. The transmitters are mounted in Cable with
countersunk mounting holes. TMM-12 has thread size M8 connector:
SPM 46098-L,
and TMM-13 has thread size UNC 5/16". The transmitters -65° to +200° C
are connected via twisted pair cable with 2 pin connector, or SPM 46099-L,
compatible with 2 pin MIL-C-5015 style. They use a power -40° to +90° C
(L = length in m)
supply of 12 to 24 V DC (see derating curve).
110
TMM-12 / 13 transmitters can be connected to the CMM
System (DMM and VDM-14/15 measuring units), to Intel-
linova (Analog Monitoring Unit) or to CMS System (AMS
unit) for continuous machine condition monitoring. They
can also be connected to the analog inputs on a PLC or
similar.
min. 15
Countersunk
Derating curve for power supply mounting hole
Volt
25
Technical data
20 Measuring range: –16° to 120 °C (3° to 248° F)
Output: 4 to 20 mA
15
Inaccuracy: typical 1° C, max. 3° C at 25° C
Linearity deviation: 2% +0.5 °C
10
-16 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 ºC Long time stability: 0.4 °C
Temperature range: –30° to 125° C (-22° to 257° F)
Power supply: 12 to 24 V DC, see derating curve
Electrical connection Loop resistancemax: 50 (U-7) Ω for U=12 to 24 V DC
e.g. 400 Ω at 15 V
TMM Housing: stainless acid proof steel,
Sandvik Grade:1802, EN:1.4523,
+ Viton sealing, IP67
12 - 24 V DC
A – Mounting hole: M8 (TMM-12), UNC 5/16" (TMM-13),
+ – 90° countersunk
4-20 mA
Torque: max. 15 Nm
Connector type: SPM 15168 or compatible with 2 pin
MIL-C-5015 style
Accessories for Vibration Transducers and Transmitters
M8
M8
TRX16
M8
15757 / 15802
16000
M8
M8
M8 M8
TRX17 15745 15585 15586
Mounting accessories for vibration transducers and vibration

transmitters of type SLD:
TRX16 Magnetic mounting base, M8. Not recommended

for measurements above 2000 Hz.
TRX17 Hand-held probe tip, M8, in stainless steel. Not

15745
recommended for measurements above 1000 Hz.
18
15757 Mounting base, M8, stainless steel
15802 Mounting base, UNF 1/4", stainless steel
15745 Glue-on adapter, M8, stainless steel, with an M4

for unloading and fixing
15868 Glue-on adapter, UNF1/4", stainless steel, with

15757 / 15802
an M4 for unloading and fixing
12.5
15585 Extension base, length 30 mm, M8, stainless steel
15586 Extension base, length 80 mm, M8, stainless steel
16000 Mounting base for transducer with side entry,

M8, stainless steel
19 (15585)
70 (15586)
15585 / 15586
6
6
Accessories for Remote Monitoring
Transducer Matching Unit TMU 12
20 2 x M4
42
75 34
Transducer Matching Unit TMU-12 is an impedance converter

for all permanently installed SPM bearing monitoring sys- TMU-12 Cable length
Min. 60 mm
tems. It is placed between the shock pulse transducer type max. 100 m
SPM 40000 and the measuring device or measuring termi-
nal. The bracket on the TMU is fastened with two mounting
screws to the machine or machine foundation. The round
connector base faces towards the transducer.
Measuring Unit
The TMU is used to extend the length of the coaxial cable Measuring terminal
between transducer and measuring device from max. 4 m to
max. 100 m. The distance between the TMU and the trans- Cable length
ducer is always max. 4 m. max. 4 m
TMU-12 is suitable for both chemically basic and acid environ-

ments. For installations in moist environments, it is necessary
to use sealing TNC cable plugs SPM 13008 to prevent cable Shock pulse transducer type
SPM 40000
corrosion.
Technical data TMU-12

Min. 65 mm Cable length
Casing stainless acid proof steel,
max. 100 m
Sandvik Grade:1802, EN:1.4523,
and fluor rubber
Sealing IP 65 with TNC connector, IP 67 with
sealed TNC connector (SPM 13008)
Temperature range – 30° to +100° C
Dimensions 75 x ø 42 mm Sealing ring Measuring Unit
Measuring terminal
Weight 140 grams
Connectors TNC jacks
Cable length max. 100 m Moisture proof
cable connection with
Fastening screws 2 x M4, stainless acid proof steel
TNC plug SPM 13008
Shock pulse transducer type

SPM 40000
Terminal cabinet 14318
Key lock BNC connector

150 240 93090
180
121
Open cabinet
Sealed cable inlets, cut to

insert cable. Then crimp
on the connector.
181
4 x M6
The terminal cabinet 14318 can recieve up to 16 coaxial

cables from shock pulse and vibration transducers. The
individual cable is inserted through the chloroprene seal in
the bottom plate. Afterwards, a BNC terminal connector BNC connector
SPM 93090 is crimped on to the transducer cable. The BNC 93090
terminal connectors are ordered separately.
Readings are taken using a coaxial cable with a BNC jack

SPM 93060.
Technical data Ordering numbers

Dimensions 240 x 180 x 150 mm 14318 Terminal cabinet
Mounting holes M6, spacing 181 x 121 93090 BNC terminal connector, crimp
Casing Stainless steel, SS142333
Door lock Removable key
Protection class IP 66
Temperature range –30 to +80 ϒC
Cable inlets Chloroprene, IP 67

Cable diameter 5 to 7 mm
Accessories for Remote Monitoring
10393
13778
12112
10392 10396
The terminal bracket SPM 13778 is supplied with holes for

10393 max. 44 mm
12 sealed terminal connectors 13777 (TNC-TNC) or 13781
12112 max. 19 mm
(TNC-BNC) alternatively crimp connectors SPM 93090 (BNC)
or 93113 (TNC). The bracket is made of PVC and can easily
be divided into desired number of holes.
ø32
The parts SPM 10393 and 12112 are bulkhead unions (meas-
ø17
uring terminals) for thicker walls or partitions (max 25 mm
and 50 mm respectively). They have TNC jacks on both 10396 10393/12112
sides and are supplied with sealing ring and a dust cap.
The sealing sleeves are used to attach a flexible protection

10392
tube (32 mm inner dia.). The sleeve SPM 10392 can only be
used together with standard transducers. The transducer is
pressed through the teflon sealing when tightening. The
ø32
sleeve SPM 10396 can be used together with bulkhead
40000
unions SPM 10393 and 12112.
40100
Technical Data
Terminal bracket 13778
Material: PVC
Dimensions: 310 x 25 x 25 x 3 mm
Temp. range: -20ϒ to +70ϒ C
Bulkhead union 10393 and 12112

Material: Nickel plated brass
Sealing sleeve 10392 for transducer

Material: Brass/Reinforced teflon
Sealing sleeve 10396 for bulkhead union

Material: Brass/Nitrile
M4x8(10), M3x8(10)
RXS-H 2.9x6
Part Numbers
13778 Terminal bracket
10393 Bulkhead union, max. wall thickness 50 mm
12112 Bulkhead union, max. wall thickness 25 mm
10392 Sealing sleeve for transducer
10396 Sealing sleeve for bulkhead union
16 9
Terminal Connectors
SPM 13777 SPM 13781
The terminal connectors SPM 13777 (TNC-TNC) and 13781

(TNC-BNC) are mainly used as measuring terminals, con-
necting a hand-held shock pulse meter with a permanently
installed shock pulse transducer. They are then normally
mounted on the terminal bracket SPM 13778.
The terminal connectors can also be used as bulkhead un-

ions for walls with a thickness of up to 4.5 mm. A sealed
connection is achieved by using SPM 13008 as TNC cable
ø 14 mm
connector.
The open end of the connectors should always be pro-

tected by dust caps, SPM 93035 for TNC and SPM 93061
for BNC.
Technical data
max. 4,5 mm
Total length 35 mm
Thread TNC
Nut width 17 mm
Mounting hole ø14 mm
Max wall thickness 4.5 mm
Material, connector body Stainless acid proof steel,
Material, nuts Nickel plated brass
Ordering numbers
13777 Terminal connector, TNC-TNC
13781 Terminal connector, TNC-BNC
7
7
Cables, Connectors and Tools
Coaxial cables and accessories
45011-L 46057-L 46041-L

45300-L 46012-L 46045-L 47125-L
46044-L 46059-L
46058-L
81018
10473
15716 15762
46080 46081 46097 82414

82415 15761
82166 81385
15866
Coaxial cables for shock pulse transducers and Coaxial cables for vibration transducers
vibration transducers with pre-amplifier without pre-amplifier
45011-L Cable with connectors, TNC-TNC, -10 to 70 °C 46044-L Low noise cable with TNC connectors,
45300-L Cable with connectors, TNC-TNC, - 55 to 150 C -10 to 70 °C, L = max. 10 m
46012-L Cable with connectors, TNC-TNC, -10 to 70 °C 46045-L Low noise coaxial cable with one standard
46041-L Cable with connectors, TNC-TNC, - 55 to 150 °C TNC and one sealing connector (SPM 13008),
46050-L Cable with connectors, TNC-SMB, - 10 to 70 °C -10 to 70 °C, L = max. 10 m
46057-L Cable with connectors, TNC-TNC, - 55 to 150 °C 46059-L Low noise cable with TNC connectors,
46058-L Cable with connectors, TNC-TNC, -10 to 70 °C -10 to 70 °C, L = max. 10 m
46080-L Cable with connector, 2 pin, - 55 to 150 °C
46081-L Cable with connectors, 2 pin-TNC , - 10 to 70 °C 90176-L Low noise coaxial cable without connectors,
46097-L Cable with connectors, 2 pin-BNC , -10 to 70 °C -10 to 70 °C
47125-L Cable with TNC sealing connectors, -55 to150 °C 90292-L Low noise coaxial cable without connectors,
-65 to 150 °C
90005-L Coaxial cable without connectors, -10 to 70 °C
90267-L Coaxial cable without connectors, - 55 to 150 °C
Coaxial cable for vibration transducer TRV-01
Accessories
46019-L Low noise cable with connectors, TNC-SMA,
10473 Sealing cover for TNC/BNC connector
-10 to 70 °C, L = max. 10 m
81018 PVC sleeve for TNC/BNC crimp connector
82166 Neoprene tube for cable 90267-L
81385 Protection tube, outer diameter 9.3 mm,
stainless acid proof steel
82414 Clips JR 9.5 mm, stainless steel
82415 Clips JR 9.5 mm, stainless acid proof steel
15716 Sleeve for protection tube, stainless steel
15761 Fitting for protection tube, stainless steel,
thread for locknut M10 x 1 Note:
15762 End piece for protection tube, stainless steel When ordering cables and/or protection tube, please state
15866 Coupler for protection tube, stainless steel the desired length (L) in meters.
Twisted pair cables and accessories
15716 15762
46098-L 46105-L
46099-L 46106-L
82414
82415
max. 8 mm
81385
15761
15716
90381
90389 15866
90381 Twisted pair cable, TEFZEL, AWG 20, diam. 4.8 mm 81385 Protection tube, outer diameter 9.3 mm,
Temp. range - 65 to +200 °C ( - 85 to +392 °F) stainless acid proof steel
90389 Twisted pair cable, PUR, AWG 20, diam. 4.8 mm 82414 Clips JR 9.5 mm, stainless steel
Temp. range - 40 to +90 °C ( - 40 to +194 °F)
82415 Clips JR 9.5 mm, stainless acid proof steel
46098-L Twisted pair cable 90381 with 2-pin connector
15168, - 65 to +200 °C ( - 85 to +392 °F) 15716 Sleeve for protection tube, stainless steel,
required to enable dismounting of the
46099-L Twisted pair cable 90389 with 2-pin connector protection tube
15168, - 40 to +90 °C ( - 40 to +194 °F)
15761 Fitting with locknut M10 x 1 for protection tube,
46105-L Twisted pair cable 90381 with 2-pin connector, stainless steel
stainless steel, - 65 to +200 °C ( - 85 to +392 °F)
15762 End piece for protection tube, stainless steel
46106-L Twisted pair cable 90389 with 2-pin connector,
15866 Coupler for protection tube, stainless steel
stainless steel, - 40 to +90 °C ( - 40 to +194 °F)
Note: When ordering cables and protection tubes, please

state the desired length (L) in meters.
Connectors and accessories for coaxial cables
13777 13781 93022, 93121 93031, 93156 93032 93033
93035 93047 93060 93061 93062
93067 93077, 93129 93090 93091 93103, 93120
93105 93113 93119 93363 13268 13443
The listed equipment is used for SPM coaxial cable installations for shock pulse and vibration monitoring. See SPM instal-
lation instructions and application descriptions for details.
TNC connections BNC connections

13777 TNC - TNC terminal connector 93060 BNC cable connector, plug crimp
13781 TNC - BNC terminal connector 93061 BNC dust cap
93022 TNC cable connector, plug, crimp 93062 BNC-TNC adapter, plug-jack
93031 TNC cable connector, plug, screw-type 93090 BNC terminal connector, crimp
93032 TNC angle adapter, plug-jack 93105 BNC angle connector, crimp
93033 TNC adapter, jack-jack 93119 BNC terminal connector, flange, crimp
93035 TNC dust cap for jack 93363 BNC-LEMO adapter (fits Bearing Checker)
93047 TNC cable connector, jack, crimp
93067 TNC - BNC adapter, plug-jack SMA connections
93077 TNC angle connector, crimp 93103 SMA cable connector, plug, crimp (fits TRV-01)
93091 TNC terminal connector, flange, crimp 93120 SMA cable connector, crimp, for cable 90146
93113 TNC terminal connector, crimp
93121 TNC cable connector, crimp, for cable 90146
93129 TNC angle connector, solder/crimp, for
SMB connections
93286 SMB cable connector, crimp
cable 90146
93149 Contact pin, TNC/BNC for cable 90176 Sealed SMB connections
93156 TNC cable connector, screw-type with strain 14990 SMB cable plug, crimp (see TD-248)
relief, solder/screw type 15164 SMB cable plug, crimp (see TD-261)
15388 SMB cable plug, composite, crimp (see TD-258)
Sealed TNC connections
13008 TNC cable plug, crimp (see TD-009)
15163 TNC cable plug, crimp (see TD-262)
15291 TNC cable plug, composite, crimp (see TD-257)
13268 TNC adapter, jack-jack, for sealed connection
13443 Sealing plug for TNC connector 13008
Sealed Connectors - Overview
13008 15837 14990 15869
15291 15388
15168 15836 46105-L / 46106-L 13268
The listed equipment is used for SPM cable installations for shock pulse and vibration monitoring. See specific data sheets
(TD) for installation descriptions and technical specifications
Article Fitting for

Connector Type Protection Material TD sheet
no. protection tube
13008 TNC plug IP67 stainless steel no TD-009
15837 TNC plug IP67 stainless steel yes TD-292
15291 TNC plug IP67 composite yes TD-257
13268 TNC jack - jack IP67 stainless steel no TD-025
14990 SMB plug IP67 stainless steel no TD-248
15869 SMB plug IP67 stainless steel yes TD-294
15388 SMB plug IP67 composite yes TD-258
15168 2-pin jack Ex, IP67 composite yes TD-217
15836 2-pin plug Ex, IP67 composite yes TD-291
46105-L 2-pin jack with integrated cable Ex, IP67 stainless steel yes TD-296
- 65° to +200°C *
46106-L 2-pin jack with integrated cable, Ex, IP67 stainless steel yes TD-296
- 40° to +90° C *
* When ordering connector with integrated cable, please state the desired cable length (L) in meters.
TNC Cable Plug 13008
SPM 13008 is a special TNC cable plug for SPM installations

in moist environments. It prevents moisture from entering the
coaxial cable and causing loss of signal strength. The cable
plug fits standard shock pulse transducers and other SPM
measuring equipment with TNC jacks having a ø 14 mm con-
nector base. It must be used wherever the TNC connection SPM 13008
is exposed to water, steam, or high humidity. SPM
93022
The cable seal, marked A below, seals the cable entry when
the connector collet is tightened. The sealing ring marked
B is placed over the receiving TNC jack and seals the other
end of the connection.
Moist environment Normal environment
Note: The connector package contains two cable seals (A)
of different sizes, marked in different colours:
• green seal for cable diameter 4 mm

• black seal for cable diameter 5 mm.
Use the appropriate seal and discard the other. Lubricate

the thread with oil or grease. Tighten the connector with a
14 mm open wrench.
The instruction for cable stripping is included in the package.

SPM offers two tools for connector mounting:
81052 Cutting tool for stripping coaxial cables

81026 Crimping tool for fitting cable connectors.
To join two cables in moist environment, use the TNC adapter

SPM 13268 (separate data sheet) together with two cable
connectors SPM 13008.
Technical data:
Material, connector body: Stainless acid proof steel,
Connector type: TNC plug
Seals: Viton (fluor rubber)
Torque: Min. 7 Nm / Max. 9 Nm
ø 13.6
ø 12
47.5
14
SPM 15837 is a sealed TNC cable plug designed for use
with cable protection tube (SPM 81385). The plug prevents 81052
moisture from entering the coaxial cable and causing loss of 1
signal strength. It fits standard shock pulse transducers and
other SPM measuring equipment with TNC jacks having a
ø 14 mm connector base. It can be used wherever the TNC
connection is exposed to water, steam, or high humidity.
The cable seal, marked A in the figure, seals the cable entry
A
when the connector collet is tightened. The sealing ring
marked B is placed over the receiving jack and seals the other
end of the connection.
2
Note: The connector package contains two cable seals (B)
• green seal for cable diameter 4 to 4.5 mm

• black seal for cable diameter 4.5 to 5.2 mm.
3
14 mm open wrench.
B
The instruction for cable stripping is included in the package.

4
Technical data:
Material, connector body: Stainless acid proof steel
AISI 316L
Connector type: TNC plug
Seals: Viton (fluor rubber), IP67
TNC Adapter for Sealed Installation
SPM 13268
SPM 13268 is a special TNC adapter (jack - jack) for joining

two coaxial cables. It is used to repair broken cables or to
prolong cables during installation. Sealing
rings
In environments where the connection is exposed to water, SPM 13008 SPM 13008
steam, or high humidity, the cable plugs must be of type
SPM 13008. This type of plug prevents moisture from enter-
ing the coaxial cable and causing loss of signal strength.
The sealing rings are placed over the receiving TNC jacks of
the adapter. The connection is tightened with two 14 mm
open wrenches until the sealing rings are slightly flattened
against the adapter body. Cable joint in moist environmemt
Technical Data
Material, adapter body: Stainless acid proof steel,
Connector type: TNC jack
SPM 15291 is a TNC cable plug made of composite mate-

rial and has sealings which prevent moisture from entering
SPM 81052
the cable causing loss of signal strength. The cable plug fits
standard shock pulse transducers and other SPM measuring
equipment with TNC jacks. It must be used wherever the TNC 1 A B C D
connection is exposed to water, steam, or high humidity.
The end (A) of the connector is designed for use with cable
protection tube. The connector can easily be mounted in the
field by crimping/soldering.
The cable seal, marked B in the figure, seals the cable entry C D
when the connector collet (A) is tightened. Note: The con-
nector package contains two cable seals (B) of different sizes,
2
marked in different colours.
• Green seal for cable diameter 4 to 4.5 mm SPM 81026
C
• Black seal for cable diameter 4.5 to 5.2 mm.
3
Use the appropriate seal and discard the other. Lubricate the
thread with oil or grease. Tighten the collet (A) by hand or
with a 10 mm open wrench, 2 to 2.5 Nm. The instruction for SPM 81026
cable stripping is included in the package.
SPM offers two tools for connector mounting: 4 A
Black = diam. 4.5 – 5.2 mm
Green = diam. 4 – 4.5 mm
Technical Data
Mounting: Crimp/solder termination
Wire range/size: Coaxial cable diam. 4–5.2 mm
5
Temperature range: – 40º C to +150º C
(– 40 º F to 302º F)
Material, connector body: Composite 2 - 2.5Nm
Contact plating: Gold
Seals: Viton (fluor rubber), IP 67
SMB Cable Plug 14990
The sealed SMB cable plug SPM 14990 fits SPM vibration
transducers of type SLD with SMB connector.
1
The cable seal, marked B in the figure, seals the cable entry
81052 + 81101
when the connector collet is tightened. The sealing ring
marked G is placed over the receiving jack and seals the
other end of the connection. 2
• green seal for cable diameter 4 to 4.5 mm

• black seal for cable diameter 4.5 to 5.2 mm. Green = diam. 4 – 4.5 mm
3
14 mm open wrench.
The instruction for cable stripping and crimping is included in

the package. SPM offers tools for connector mounting:
4
81101 Insert for cutting tool 81052
Technical data:
AISI 316L
Connector type: SMB 5
Seals: Viton (fluor rubber)
ø 13.6
ø 12
40.5
14
The sealed SMB cable plug SPM 15869 fits SPM vibration
transducers of type SLD with SMB connector. The end of
the cable plug is designed for use with cable protection 1
tube (SPM 81385).
81052 + 81101
when the connector collet is tightened. The sealing ring 2
marked G is placed over the receiving jack and seals the
other end of the connection.

• green seal for cable diameter 4 to 4.5 mm 3 Green = diam. 4 – 4.5 mm
• black seal for cable diameter 4.5 to 5.2 mm.

14 mm open wrench.
The instruction for cable stripping and crimping is included in 4

the package. SPM offers tools for connector mounting:

Technical data: 5
AISI 316L
Connector type: SMB
Seals: Viton (fluor rubber), IP67
SPM 15388 is a SMB cable plug for connection of vibration

transducers of type SLD with SMB connector. It is made of
81052 + 81101
composite material and has sealings which prevent moisture
from entering the cable causing loss of signal strength.
1 A B
The end (A) of the connector is designed for use with cable C D
protection tube. The connector can easily be mounted in the
field by crimping/soldering.
nector package contains two cable seals (B) of different sizes, C D
marked in different colours.
2
• Green seal for cable diameter 4 to 4.5 mm
SPM 81300
Use the appropriate seal and discard the other. Lubricate the C
thread with oil or grease. Tighten the collet (A) by hand or 3
with a 10 mm open wrench, 2 to 2.5 Nm. The instruction for
cable stripping is included in the package.
SPM 81300
81052 Cutting tool for stripping coaxial cables 4
Technical Data
Wire range/size: Coaxial cable diam. 4–5.2 mm
5
(– 40 º F to 302º F)
Material, connector body: Composite 2 - 2.5Nm

2-pin Cable Jack 15168
22
69
SPM 15168 is a 2-pin MIL style cable jack for connection of

vibration transducers of type SLD to twisted pair cable or co-
1
axial cable. It is specially designed for extreme environmental G
C E
conditions and for applications with potentially explosive A B D F H I
atmosphere. The end (A) of the connector is designed for
use with cable protection tube. The connector can easily be
mounted in the field, either by crimping or soldering.
The cable seal, marked B in the figure, seals the cable entry Green = diam. 4 – 4.5 mm
nector package contains 3 sockets (D) and 2 cable seals (B)
of different sizes, marked in different colours. Twisted pair Coax
• Green seal for cable diameter 4 to 4.5 mm 2

To mount the connector, slide the parts A, B and C over the
cable. Cut and strip the cables as shown in the figure and
crimp/solder the sockets (D). Use the socket 16-18 AWG for
the shield when using coaxial cable. Mount the sealing ring (I) E 3
F I
on the contact body (H). Slide the nut (E) over the connector
body and mount the sealing ring (F). Push the sockets (D)
into the connector body and secure them by mounting the
locking pin (G). Mount the connector on a transducer and 4
tighten first part E and then part C by hand. Tighten the
collet (A) with a suitable tool, 2 to 2.5 Nm.
5 G
Technical Data
Certificate of conformity: NEMKO 05ATEX1179
Ex certification: I M1/II 1GD T 112°C EEx ia I/
IIC T4
(for Group II category 1G, see
CENELEC EN 50284 4.4.1)
Not recommended for Group I.
CE number: 0470 7 6
SLD
Mounting: Crimp/solder termination A C E
Wire range/size: 0.30 - 0.60 mm2/ 22-20 AWG
0.75 -1.5 mm2/ 16-18 AWG
(– 40 º F to 302º F) 2 – 2.5 Nm
Material, connector body: Composite
2-pin Cable Plug 15836
22
69
SPM 15836 is a sealed 2-pin MIL style cable plug for twisted
pair cable or coaxial cable and is used together with cable 1 F
plug SPM 15168 as cable joint. The end (A) of the connector A
C E G
B D
is designed for use with cable protection tube (SPM 81385).
The connector can easily be mounted in the field, either by
crimping or soldering.
nector package contains 3 contact pins (D) and 2 cable seals
(B) of different sizes, marked in different colours. Twisted pair Coax
• Green seal for cable diameter 4 to 4.5 mm 2

To mount the connector, slide the parts A, B and C over the
cable. Mount the sealing ring (E) on the connector body (G).
Cut and strip the cable as shown in the figure (2) and crimp/ F
solder the cables into the contact pins (D). Use the contact 4
pin 16-18 AWG for the shield when using coaxial cable. Push D
the connector pins (D) into the connector body and secure
them by mounting the locking pin (F). Mount the sleeve (C)
on the connector body and tighten by hand. Mount the collet E
3
(A) and tighten with a suitable tool, 2 to 2.5 Nm.
Technical Data 6 5
Wire range/size: 0.30 - 0.60 mm2/ 22-20 AWG
A
0.75 -1.5 mm2/ 16-18 AWG C
(– 40 º F to 302º F)
Material, connector body: Composite
15836 15168
2-pin Cable Jack with Integrated Cable
46105-L
46106-L
56
(L = desired length in meters)
SPM 46105-L and 46106-L are 2-pin MIL style cable jacks Technical Data
with integrated twisted pair cable for connection of vibra- Certificate of conformity: NEMKO 05ATEX1179X
tion transducers of type SLD. They are specially designed for Ex certification: I M1/II 1GD T 112°C EEx ia I/IIC
extreme environmental conditions and for applications with T4 (for Group II category 1G,
potentially explosive atmosphere. The end of the connector see CENELEC EN 50284 4.4.1).
is designed for use with cable protection tube SPM 81385 Recommeded for Group I .

with sleeve SPM 15716. CE number: 0470
Type: 2 pin MIL style, female
Note: When ordering cables please state the desired length Material, body: Stainless steel
(L) in meters. Contact plating: Gold
Temperature range:
46105-L -65 to +200 ºC (-65 to +392 ºF)
46106-L -40 to +90 °C ( -40 to +194 °F)
Service Box 15758
The Service Box 15758 is a protective cover for cable joint It is mounted in upright position with two mounting screws,
specially designed for extreme environmental conditions. It diameter max. 7 mm. The cable clamp and the retaining pin
is made of stainless acid proof steel, AISI 316, and has an will secure the cable joint inside the box.
access opening in the bottom.
Tools for fitting cables and connectors
81026 81052 81130
81127
81051 81300
The listed tools are used to prepare coaxial cables and to 81026 Crimping tool for fitting TNC/BNC connectors
mount connectors for SPM installations, both for shock
81051 Crimping tool for fitting tab terminals
pulse and vibration monitoring.
81052 Cutting tool for coaxial cables with
Crimping tool SPM 81026 and SPM 81300 are used for
TNC/BNC connectors
coaxial cables, SPM 81051 for single conductor cables.
81101 Replacement cassette for cutting tool 81052,
Cutting tool 81052 has a replaceable knife cassette. The used for coaxial cables with SMB connectors
standard cassette is used for coaxial cables with TNC/BNC
connectors and the replacement cassette 81101 for co- 81127 Fitting tool for connectors with strain relief
axial cables SMB connectors.
81130 Expansion pliers for fitting neoprene tube
SPM 82166
81300 Crimping tool for fitting SMB connectors
8
8
Diagnostic Tools for Maintenance
Vibrameter VIB-10 / VIB-11
VIB-10B
VIB-11B TRV-22
TRV-23
46044
46045
TRX-16
TRX-17 VIC-11 / 12 VIC-13
Vibrameter VIB-10 (VIB-11) has been designed as a simple The evaluation of machine condition is based on a single
diagnostic tool for preventive maintenance. The instrument parameter, vibration severity. This means that the instru-
and the monitoring technique are based on the recommen- ment needs to display only one measured value, which
dations of ISO and the equivalent national standard organi- reduces its cost and makes it easy to handle.
zations BS, VDI, etc.
The standards also provide a set of norm values for the
These standards make the assumption that limited informa- common types of industrial plant. The readings obtained on
tion, obtained easily and at a low cost, is often as useful as a a particular machine are interpreted by comparing them
detailed analysis at the price of expensive equipment and with the norm values for similar machines.
elaborate techniques. They state that it is possible to de-
tect even minor changes in the operating condition of a
machine by measuring its general vibration level. It is as-
sumed that, once the change has been noted, a competent
inspector or repair crew will be able to find the actual
defects which caused it.
Part Numbers Technical data

VIB-10B Vibrameter mm/s, incl. battery cells Measuring range VIB-10B: 0.5 to 99.9 mm/s RMS,
VIB-11B Vibrameter in/s, incl.battery cells VIB-11B: 0.01 to 3.93 in/s RMS,
TRV-22 Vibration transducer, M8 10 to 1000 Hz
TRV-23 Vibration transducer, UNF 1/4"-28 Resolution: 0.1 mm/s (0.01 in/s)
TRX-16 Magnetic base for transducer TRV-22 Accuracy 2% ± 0.2 mm/s (2% ± 0.02 in/s)
TRX-17 Probe for transducer TRV-22 Power supply Four 1.5 V alkaline cells
46044 Measuring cable with connectors, 1.5 m (e.g. MN 1500 or UCAR E91)
46045 Measuring cable with sealing TNC plug, 1.5 m Temp. range 0 to +55 ϒC (32 to 131 ϒF)
VIC-11 Follow-up forms mm/s (VIB-10), pad of 25 Display 3 digits, red LED
VIC-12 Follow-up forms in/s (VIB-11), pad of 25 Switch-off Automatic
VIC-13 Follow-up forms, balancing, pad of 25 Protective cover Polyurethane
90022 Battery Dimensions 210 x 75 x 30 mm
(8.3" x 2.9" x 1.2")
Weight 410 grams (14 oz) incl. batteries
Connector type TNC
Electronic Stethoscope ELS-12
ELS-12
ELT-10
EAR-10
Battery powered monitoring instrument for a large number Noise sources are located with the probe tip (length 60 or
of applications. ELS-12 is a sensitive electronic listening 290 mm). The sound is fed via an amplifier with volume
device for all kinds of mechanical noise within machinery: control to the headset. Ear defenders shut out background
valve chatter, piston slap, gear and pump noise, electric noise.
relay operation, etc.
Part Numbers Technical Data

ELS-12 Electronic Stethoscope Casing: Splash proof ABS plastic
ELT-10 Probes, 60 and 290 mm Nominal battery voltage: 9 V
EAR-10 Earphone incl. spiral cable Temperature range: 0ϒ to + 55ϒ C

Weight: 300 g incl. battery and probe
90109 Battery, 9 V, type IEC6LG22
9
9
Precut Shims
Precut shims
B
SHIMCASE
The line of shimming materials contains five different 10 stainless steel shims, single thickness
sizes, fitting almost any type of machine foot. The user Ordering numbers
can choose between solid stainless steel shims and lami- Dimension Thickness (mm)
nated shims in either brass or stainless steel. A B C 0.025 0.05 0.10 0.20 0.25 0.40
35 30 9 S0-005 S0-010 S0-020 S0-025 S0-040
Solid shims in stainless steel 50 50 13 S1-0025 S1-005 S1-010 S1-020 S1-025 S1-040
Solid shims can be provided in a handy box, containing 75 75 21 S2-0025 S2-005 S2-010 S2-020 S2-025 S2-040
10 shims each of 5 different thicknesses, from 0.05 to 1 100 100 32 S3-0025 S3-005 S3-010 S3-020 S3-025 S3-040
mm. They are also available as packs of 10 in single 125 125 45 S4-0025 S4-005 S4-010 S4-020 S4-025 S4-040
thickness, in accordance with ordering number tables. 200 200 55 S5-005 S5-010 S5-020 S5-025 S5-040
Laminated shims 10 stainless steel shims, single thickness

Ordering numbers
Packs of 20 laminated shims are available in either brass
Dimension Thickness (mm)
or stainless steel. Each shim has a thickness of 1.00 mm,
A B C 0.50 0.70 1.00 2.00 3.00
divided into 12 layers. Laminated shims always fit - just
peel off the required thickness. 35 30 9 S0-050 S0-070 S0-100
50 50 13 S1-050 S1-070 S1-100 S1-200 S1-300
Cases with solid shims 75 75 21 S2-050 S2-070 S2-100 S2-200 S2-300
100 100 32 S3-050 S3-070 S3-100 S3-200 S3-300
Solid shims in stainless steel are available packaged in
125 125 45 S4-050 S4-070 S4-100 S4-200 S4-300
convenient aluminium framed cases with a compart-
200 200 55 S5-050 S5-070 S5-100 S5-200 S5-300
mentalised high density foam insert. The refillable cases
are available with four different assortments. The cases 50 stainless steel shims, 10 of each thickness, 0.05 - 1.00 mm
are overall 350 x 160 x 280 mm except for SHIMCASE 4
Dimension Ordering numbers
which is 540 x 210 x 320 mm.
A B C Thickness 0.05, 0.10, 0.25, 0.50 and1.00 mm
Ordering numbers, cases with solid shims 50 50 13 S1-PAK

75 75 21 S2-PAK
SHIMCASE 1 360 shims: 2 x S1-, S2- and S3-PAK + 2 x 100 100 32 S3-PAK
S1-, S2- and S3-200. Weight 13 kg. 125 125 45 S4-PAK
200 200 55 S5-PAK
SHIMCASE 2 510 shims: 2 x S1-, S2- and S3-PAK + 2 x
S1-, S2- and S3-020; 040; 070; 200. Laminated shims, pack of 20, thickness 1.00 mm
Weight 17 kg.
Dimension Ordering numbers Ordering numbers
SHIMCASE 3 340 shims: 2 x S3- and S4-PAK + 2 x S3- A B C Stainless steel Brass
and S4-020; 040; 070; 200. Weight 15 kg. 50 50 13 LS1-PAK LB1-PAK
75 75 21 LS2-PAK LB2-PAK
SHIMCASE 4 720 shims: 2 x S1-, S2-, S3- and S4-PAK +
100 100 32 LS3-PAK LB3-PAK
2 x S1-, S2-, S3- and S4-020; 040; 070;
125 125 45 LS4-PAK LB4-PAK
200. Weight 26 kg.
200 200 55 LS5-PAK LB5-PAK
10
10
Instruments Approved for
Potential Explosive Atmosphere
Machine Condition Analyzer A30Ex
TAD-22
TRA-34
A30Ex
TAD-23
TAD-24
TAD-25
TAD-20
TAD-21 13980
13882
TRA-35 TEN-10
TEN-11
TRV-26
TRV-27 TEM-11Ex
TRX-16 TRX-17
13881 CAS-14 CAS-15
Part numbers Speed measurement

A30-1Ex Machine Condition Analyzer A30 Basic Ex 13882 Tachometer probe with cable, Ex
A30-2Ex Machine Condition Analyzer A30 Logger Ex TAD-20 Contact adapter
A30-3Ex Machine Condition Analyzer A30 Expert Ex TAD-21 Contact center, rpm, short
13881 Communication module, Ex TAD-22 Contact center, rpm, long
CAB-35 Computer cable, 9 pole female plugs TAD-23 Contact wheel, meter / min.
93162 Cable adapter 9 male/ 25 female TAD-24 Contact wheel, yards / min.
EMD-13 Carrying strap
TAD-16 Reflecting tape for thin shafts, 5 sheets
FUP-02 Follow-up form for A30Ex, pad of 25 (mm)
FUP-04 Follow-up form for A30Ex, pad of 25 (inch) Temperature measurement
TEM-11Ex Temperature probe incl. cable
Shock pulse measurement (SPM)
TEN-10 Temperature probe tip surface
TRA-34 Shock pulse transducer, probe assembly, Ex
TEN-11 Temperature probe tip liquid
TRA-35 Shock pulse transd. with quick connector, Ex
13980 Earphones, headset with ear defenders, Ex Spare parts
CAB-07 Cable for remote monitoring 1.5 m (5ft) 13915 Probe tip for TRA-34
Vibration measurement
13892 Handle for probe TRA-34
TRV-26 Vibration transducer M8, Ex
TRV-27 Vibration transducer 1/4" x 28 UNF, Ex
CAB-10 Spiral cable for 13980, 13882, TEM-11Ex
45011-1.5 Cable for TRA-35
90098 Battery, 1.5 V, alcaline, IEC LR6/AA, approved T4
VIC-19 Cable for vibration transducer
Machine Condition Analyzer A30Ex
PC connection
A30-1Ex A30-2Ex
9 pole
Basic Logger
female plug
CAB-35
A30-3Ex
9 male /
Expert
25 female
13881 93162
CAB-10
A30 Ex is a machine condition analyzer designed for a reliable Shock pulse (SPM® LR/HR)
preventive maintenance of industrial machines. A30 Ex is available Measuring range: –19 to 80 dBsv
in three versions. With ”Basic”, measuring results are recorded
Resolution: 1 dBsv
manually. ”Logger” is a data logger and works together with SPM
Accuracy: ± 1 dBsv
software Condmaster®. ”Expert” has all the logger features. In ad-
dition, it uses the EVAM® method for vibration analysis. A ”Basic”
version can be upgraded to ”Logger” and ”Expert”. Vibration severity (ISO 10816)
Measuring techniques Analyzer A30 EX (0.02 to 2.0 in/s RMS)
Shock pulse, LR/HR • • • Accuracy: ± (0.2 mm/s + 2% of reading)
Continuous reading • • •
Measuring range: 10 to 19 999 rpm optical
Data logging with Condmaster ®
• • Measuring distance: max. 0.6 m (2 ft.)
Alternative measuring systems • •
Selectable comments • • Resolution: 1 rpm
Display of check points • • Accuracy: ± (1 rev. + 0.1% of reading)
Long time recording • •
Vibration spectrum • Temperature measurement
Evaluated vibration analysis (EVAM) • Measuring range: 0 to +300 °C (+32 to +572 °F)
Instrument specifications
Certificate of Alternative measuring systems
conformity: NEMKO 03 ATEX 185
No. per meas.point: 2
Ex certification: I M2/II 2G EEx ib I/IIB T4/T3
Additional information: date / time and comments
CE Number: 0470
Enclosure: IP43 Long time recording
General features: language selection, battery test, Measuring parameters: SPM, VIB, temperature/speed
continuous reading, transducer line
test, automatic idle / power off Measuring interval: adjustable 0 - 60 minutes
Temperature range: 0 to +50 °C (32 to 120 °F)
Vibration analysis (EVAM®)
Power supply: 6 x 1.5 V LR6 alkaline cells, approved
Window: Hanning
Battery life: power down 1 year, or 5000 typical
measurements, or continuous Number of samples: 1024 / 2048
recording 50 hours FFT result: 400 / 800 spectrum lines
Size: 255 x105 x 60 mm (10 x 4.2 x 2.4 in) Range, resolution 3 to 200 Hz, 0.5 / 0.25 Hz
Weight: 0.85 kg (1.9 lb) at 400 / 800 lines: 3 to 500 Hz, 1.25 / 0.625 Hz
Casing / protective cover: polyurethane, conductive 3 to 1000 Hz, 2 .5 / 1.25 Hz
Keypad: sealed membrane 3 to 2000 Hz, 5.0 / 2.5 Hz
Display: LCD, 4x16 characters LED, backlight 3 to 5000 Hz, 12.5 / 6.25 Hz
adjustable, automatic on/off
Memory: typical 500, max. 999 meas. points Lines displayed: 15 highest, toggle Hz / cpm
Backup, memory/clock: approx. 24 h. Lines saved: 1 to 200 highest
Machine Condition Tester T30Ex
TAD-22
TRA-34
T30Ex
TAD-23
TAD-24
TAD-20
TAD-25
TAD-21 13980
13882
TRA-35 TEN-10
TEN-11
TRV-26
TEM-11Ex
TRV-27
TRX-16 TRX-17
13881 CAS-14 CAS-15
Part numbers Speed measurement

T30-1Ex Machine Condition Tester T30 Basic Ex 13882 Tachometer probe with cable, Ex
T30-2Ex Machine Condition Tester T30 Logger Ex TAD-20 Contact adapter
T30-3Ex Machine Condition Tester T30 Expert Ex TAD-21 Contact center, rpm, short
13881 Communication module, Ex TAD-22 Contact center, rpm, long
CAB-35 Computer cable, 9 pole female plugs TAD-23 Contact wheel, meter / min.
93162 Cable adapter 9 male/ 25 female TAD-24 Contact wheel, yards / min.
EMD-13 Carrying strap TAD-25 Contact wheel, feet / min.
CAS-14 Carrying case TAD-14 Reflecting tape, pad of 5 sheets
CAS-15 Carrying case with foam insert TAD-16 Reflecting tape for thin shafts, 5 sheets
FUP-01 Follow-up form for T30Ex, pad of 25 (mm)
FUP-03 Follow-up form for T30Ex, pad of 25 (inch) Temperature measurement
TEM-11Ex Temperature probe incl. cable
Shock pulse measurement (SPM) TEN-10 Temperature probe tip surface
TRA-34 Shock pulse transducer, probe assembly, Ex TEN-11 Temperature probe tip liquid
TRA-35 Shock pulse transd. with quick connector, Ex
13980 Earphones, headset with ear defenders, Ex Spare parts
CAB-07 Cable for shock pulse terminal, 1.5 m (5 ft) 13915 Probe tip for TRA-34
Vibration measurement
TRV-26 Vibration transducer M8, Ex 13892 Handle for probe TRA-34
TRV-27 Vibration transducer 1/4" x 28 UNF, Ex CAB-34 Cable for TRA-34
TRX-16 Magnetic foot for vibration transducer CAB-10 Spiral cable for 13980, 13882, TEM-11Ex
TRX-17 Probe for vibration measurement 45011-1.5 Cable for TRA-35
VIC-19 Cable for vibration transducer 90098 Battery, 1.5 V, alcaline, IEC LR6/AA, approved T4
Machine Condition Tester T30Ex
PC connection
T30-1Ex T30-2Ex
9 pole fe-
Basic Logger
male plug
CAB-35
T30-3Ex
9 male /
Expert
25 female
13881 93162
CAB-10
T30 Ex is a machine condition analyzer designed for a reliable preven- Shock pulse (SPM® dBm/dBc)
tive maintenance of industrial machines. T30 Ex is available in three Measuring range: –9 to 80 dBsv
versions. With ”Basic”, measuring results are recorded manually. Resolution: 1 dBsv
Accuracy: ± 1 dBsv
Condmaster®. ”Expert” has all the logger features. In addition, it
uses the EVAM® method for vibration analysis. A ”Basic” version
can be upgraded to ”Logger” and ”Expert”. Vibration severity (ISO 10816)
Measuring techniques Analyzer T30 EX (0.02 to 2.0 in/s RMS)
Shock pulse, dBm/dBc • • • Accuracy: ± (0.2 mm/s + 2% of reading)
Speed, contact and optical • • •
Continuous reading • • • Speed measurement
Data logging with Condmaster® • • Measuring range: 10 to 19 999 rpm optical
Alternative measuring systems • • Measuring distance: max. 0.6 m (2 ft.)
Selectable comments • • Resolution: 1 rpm
Display of check points • •
Long time recording • • Accuracy: ± (1 rev. + 0.1% of reading)
Vibration spectrum •
Evaluated vibration analysis (EVAM) • Temperature measurement
Measuring range: 0 to +300 °C (+32 to +572 °F)
Instrument specifications Resolution: 1 °C (1 °F)
Certificate of conformity: NEMKO 03 ATEX 185
Ex certification: I M2/II 2G EEx ib I/IIB T4/T3 Alternative measuring systems
CE Number: 0470 No. per meas.point: 2
Enclosure: IP43 Additional information: date / time and comments
General features: language selection, battery test, con-
tinuous reading, transducer line test, Long time recording
automatic idle / power off
Measuring parameters: SPM, VIB, temperature/speed
Temperature range: 0 to +50 °C (32 to 120 °F)
Measuring interval: adjustable 0 - 60 minutes
Power supply: 6 x 1.5 V LR6 alkaline cells, approved
Battery life: power down 1 year, or 5000 typical
measurements, or continuous record- Vibration analysis (EVAM®)
ing 50 hours Window: Hanning
Size: 255 x105 x 60 mm (10 x 4.2 x 2.4 in) Number of samples: 1024 / 2048
FFT result: 400 / 800 spectrum lines
Weight: 0.85 kg (1.9 lb)
Casing / protective cover: polyurethane, conductive Range, resolution 3 to 200 Hz, 0.5 / 0.25 Hz
at 400 / 800 lines: 3 to 500 Hz, 1.25 / 0.625 Hz
Keypad: sealed membrane 3 to 1000 Hz, 2 .5 / 1.25 Hz
Display: LCD, 4x16 characters LED, backlight 3 to 2000 Hz, 5.0 / 2.5 Hz
adjustable, automatic on/off 3 to 5000 Hz, 12.5 / 6.25 Hz
Memory: typical 500, max. 999 meas. points Lines displayed: 15 highest, toggle Hz / cpm
Backup, memory/clock: approx. 24 h. Lines saved: 1 to 200 highest
TRA-34

hand-held SPM Tester T30 and Analyzer A30 instruments of
Ex design. The probe is directionally sensitive and must be
held aligned against the bearing and not deviate from this
direction by more than ± 5ϒ. The probe tip is spring loaded
and moves within a sleeve made of chloroprene rubber and
tolerates 110ϒC (230ϒF). Max. permanent temperature for
the entire probe is 50ϒ C (120ϒ F). This probe is permitted
for use in potentially explosive atmosphere.

bearing, direct radiation of pulses will be restricted to a BEX-20 BEX-21
sector of ± 60ϒ from the perpendicular to the rolling sur-
face. Measuring points should be clearly marked.


Ex certification: I M2/II 2 G EEx ib I/IIB T4
CE number: 0470
Ta: 0 to +50 ϒC (32 to 120 ϒF) max. 60ϒ
Part Numbers
BEX-20 Center drill
BEX-21 Rotary file
Transducer with Quick Connector and TMU
TRA-35
66
ø 28
TRA-35 is a shock pulse transducer with quick connector

that fits all SPM adapters. It is used together with hand-held
SPM Tester T30 and Analyzer A30 instruments of Ex design.
This transducer is specially designed for applications with
potentially explosive atmosphere. It is provided with a trans-
ducer matching unit (TMU). Usually the transducer is con-
nected to the instrument via a 1.5 m (5 feet) coaxial cable
with TNC connections.
The transducer has bayonet catch. To attach the TRA-35 to

an adapter, push the transducer firmly onto the adapter and
twist it clockwise.
Technical Data
CE number: 0470
Measuring range: Max. 80 dBsv
Design: Sealed
Temperature range: 0ϒ to + 50ϒ C (32ϒ to +120ϒ F)
Material, spanner: Blacknited steel
Material, handle: Stainless steel
Connector: TNC
Weight: 140 g
Part Numbers
TRA-35 Shock pulse transducer for Ex-conditions
incl. measuring cable 45011-1.5
45011-1.5 Measuring cable for transducer TRA-35,
1.5 m (5 feet)
Transducer and transformer
for potentially explosive atmosphere
42011 / 42111 / 42011 M10 14196 50 32
35
57
80
17 ø 4
Shock Pulse Transducers 15127 35 40

Transducer SPM 42011 (M8), SPM 42111 (UNC 5/16") and 32
SPM 42011- M10 (M10), certificate NEMKO 03 ATEX 188X,
must be used together with coupling transformer SPM 14196
or SPM 15127 when connected to external measuring units.
They are installed inside the area with potentially explosive
atmosphere in the same way as any standard SPM transducer.
The Ex approved instruments, covered by the certificate
NEMKO 03 ATEX 185, can be connected directly to the
65
57
94
transducers if the environmental conditions permit.
Coupling Transformer
Coupling transformer SPM 14196 and SPM 15127, certificate
NEMKO 03 ATEX 188X, connects the ex-proof transducers
to the measuring equipment. While the transformer itself
ø 4
is ex-proof, it should always be mounted in none-explosive
environment. The maximum cable length from the transducer
via the transformer to the instrument is 100 m.
Explosive environment None-explosive
Technical data, transducer 42011 / 42111 environment
Certificate of conformity: NEMKO 03 ATEX 188X
Only connect instruments
Ex certification: I M1/II 1 GD EEx ia I/IIC T4
with applicable certificate
CE number: 0470 directly to the transducer! Connection to
Measuring range: Max. 80 dBSV non-exproof
instruments and
Temperature range: – 20° C to + 80° C measuring units
External overpressure: Max. 0.7 MPa (7 bar) Transducer
Design: Sealed, stainless acid proof steel, 42011 / 42111 / 42011 M10
Sandvik Grade:1802, EN:1.4523, A30 Ex Coupling
Connector tightness: IP65 with TNC connector T30 Ex Transformer
IP 67 with conn. SPM13008 14196 / 15127
Connector type: TNC
Torque limit: 15 Nm
Coaxial cable
max. 100 m
Technical data, transformer 14196 / 15127
Ex certification: I (M1)/II (1) GD [EEx ia] I/IIC
CE number: 0470
Um: 250 V 6.9 (M8)
6.6 (UNC 5/16") 20
M8
UNC 5/16"
Temperature range: – 20° C to + 55° C 8.6 (M 10)
6.8
M10
Design: Fenylen oxide plastic, epoxy (6.5)
resin, sealed
Connector type: TNC to transducer,
BNC to instrument
Tachometer Probe 13882
TAD-23
TAD-24
13882 TAD-21 TAD-25 TAD-22
CAB-10
TAD-14
TAD-20
TAD-16
The Tachometer Probe 13882 is used together with hand-

held instruments, e.g. Analyzer A30Ex/Tester T30Ex for
optical measurement of the rate of rotation and for contact
measurement of as well the rate of rotation as the periph-
eral speed. This equipment is also permitted to be used in
atmosphere with a potential risk for explosions.
Max. 45ϒ
Optical Measurement of the Rate of Rotation
A light beam is directed against a reflecting tape on the
rotating object, from a distance of max. 0.3 m and from an
angle of max. 45ϒ.
Contact Measurement of rpm

The contact adapter TAD-20 with a rubber tipped contact
centre, TAD-21/22, is screwed onto the tachometer probe
and then held against the centre of a shaft end or a wheel.
Contact Measurement of Peripheral Speed

The contact adapter TAD-20 with contact wheel is held
against the circumference of a shaft, a belt, etc. The speed
is read out in units, depending on which contact wheel is
used:
Meters per minute – use TAD-23, divide result by 10

Yards per minute – use TAD-24, divide result by 10
Feet per minute – use TAD-25, divide result by 2. TAD-23 = 0.1 m / min.
TAD-24 = 0.1 yd. / min.
Part Numbers
TAD-25 = 0.5 ft / min.
13882 Tachometer probe with cable
CAB-10 Spiral cable
TAD-20 Contact adapter
Technical Data
TAD-21 Contact centre, rpm, short Certificate of conformity: NEMKO 03 ATEX 185
TAD-22 Contact centre, rpm, long Ex certification: I M2/II 2 G EEx ib I/IIB T4
TAD-23 Contact wheel, meter/min. CE number: 0470
TAD-24 Contact wheel, yards/min. Measuring range: max. 19 999 rpm optical
TAD-25 Contact wheel, feet/min. Measuring distance: max. 0.3 m (1 ft.)
TAD-14 Reflecting tape, pad of 5 sheets Dimensions, 13882: 171 x ø 42 mm
TAD-16 Reflecting tape for thin shafts, 5 sheets Temperature range 0 to +50ϒ C ( 32 to 120ϒ F)
Temperature Probe TEM-11Ex
TEM-11Ex
TEN-10 TEN-11
CAB-10
The Temperature Probe TEM-11Ex is used together with

SPM's handheld instruments of types Analyzer A30Ex and
Tester T30Ex for measurement and recording of tempera-
tures, also in environment with risk for explosion.
Connection of probe and probe tips

The probe, TEM-11Ex, is connected via its spiral cable,
CAB-10, to the EXT connector of the instrument. This con-
nector is also used for computer and tachometer probe.
The TEMP menu turns up on the instrument as soon as the
temperature probe is connected. It is also power supplied
by the instrument. See further on in the instrument manual.
Two probe tips belong to TEM-11Ex:
• TEN-10 for measuring surface temperature on solids
• TEN-11 for measuring temperatures of liquids
When using a probe tip its connector is input into the front Ordering numbers
socket of the probe. TEM-11Ex Temperature probe with cable
CAB-10 Spiral cable
TEN-10 Probe tip for surface temperature of solids
Temperature measurement
TEN-11 Probe tip for temperature of liquids
• connect TEM-11Ex to the instrument
• input the desired probe tip
Technical specifications
• remove the protectice cap (TEN-10)
• the instrument is set for temperature measurement Ex certification: I M2/II 2 G EEx ib I/IIB T4
• press the probe tip carefully against the component CE number: 0470
surface alternatively into the liquid Ta: 0 to +50 ϒC (+32 to +120 ϒF)
• keep the M button depressed until a reading value Measuring range: 0 to + 300 ϒC (+ 32 to + 572 ϒF)
appears on the screen. Max. offset: ± 5 ϒC (± 9 ϒF)
Measuring uncertainty ± 1 ϒC
Sensitivity 10 mV/ ϒC
Handling Output range 0 to 3 V DC
Handle and store the probe tips with care. The protective Power supply + 5 V DC
cap of the TEN-10 should always be kept on when not in Measuring time: approx 1 minute
use. Dimensions, TEM-11Ex: ø 42 x 118 mm
TEN-10: length 122 mm (with cap)
TEN-11: length 159 mm
Weight, TEM-11Ex: 94 g
Vibration Transducers Ex, Series SLD 200
The vibration transducers series SLD200 are piezo-electric

accelerometers of compression type with built-in electron- Hazardous area Safe area
ics, designed for vibration monitoring of industrial machines
inside the area with potentially explosive atmosphere. They
must be connected to Transducer Interface SPM 15226 or
an Ex proof zener barrier when connected to an external to measuring
measuring device. The barrier should always be mounted in equipment
none-explosive environment. The electrical signal is isolated

from the transducer housing. The transducer is mounted
against a smooth, flat surface on the machine.
PIN A PIN B Transducer Interface SPM 15226 NEMKO
03ATEX186X. Note: For use with SPM
Technical data equipment Intellinova, VCM, VMM/VMR, MG4
and Leonova only.
Certificate of conformity: Nemko 05ATEX1179
Zener barrier MTL7728+ BAS01ATEX7217 or
Ex certification: I M1/II 1GD T 112°C EEx ia I/IIC T4
any other barrier that conforms
Ui: 28 V, li: 93 mA, Pi: 0.66 W, Ci: 54 nF,
Li: 10 µH
CE number: 0470
Transducer type: Piezo-electric accelerometer of compres-
sion type with built-in electronics ø 6.9 min. 16 M8
Transverse sensitivity: max. 10% (ø 5.5) (UNF 1/4")
Base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/µ strain typical
Linear frequency range: 2 Hz to 10 kHz
min. 10
min. 12
max. 0.7

Bias voltage: 11 to 13 V (typical 12 V)
Temperature range: –40º to +100º C (–40º to 210º F)
Power requirements: 24 V, 2 to 5 mA
Article number Thread (t) Sensitivity *
Connector type: SPM 15168 NEMKO 05ATEX1179 (for
Group II category 1G, see CENELEC SLD 243B M8 5 mV / m / s2 = 50 mV/g
EN 50284 4.4.1). Not recommended for SLD 243F UNF ¼" 5 mV / m / s2 = 50 mV/g
Group I.
SLD 244B M8 10 mV / m / s2 = 100 mV/g
2 pin MIL style type aluminium
(for Group II category 1G, see CENELEC
SLD 244F UNF ¼" 10 mV / m / s2 = 100 mV/g
EN 50284 4.3.1). Not recommeded for * Individual value given on the calibration chart.
Group I .
Mounting tools
Sealing: IP 67
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf . ft)
81030 Pilot for UNF 1/4"
81031 Pilot for M8
Cable capacitance: Group IIA max 2.09 µF, Group IIB 81057 Counterbore, diameter 20 mm
max 596 nF, Group IIC max 29 nF
Cable length: IIC max 100 m (328 ft) To drill the mounting hole, use drill bit 6.9 mm (M8) or 5.5
(cable capacitance 210 pF/m) mm (UNF 1/4"). Torque the transducer with a torque wrench
and a 24 mm socket.
Vibration Transducers with Side Entry, SLD 244S
101
46105-L,
46106-L 15716 81385
15168
ø 30
The vibration transducers series SLD244S are piezo-electric

accelerometers of compression type with side entry and Hazardous area Safe area
built-in electronics, designed for vibration monitoring of
industrial machines inside the area with potentially explosive
atmosphere. They must be connected to Transducer Interface
to measuring
SPM 15226 or an Ex proof zener barrier when connected to equipment
an external measuring device. The barrier should always be
mounted in none-explosive environment. The electrical signal
is isolated from the transducer housing. The transducer is
mounted against a smooth, flat surface on the machine.
PIN A PIN B Transducer Interface SPM 15226 NEMKO
03ATEX186X. Note: For use with SPM equipment
Technical data Intellinova, VCM, VMM/VMR, MG4
Certificate of conformity: Nemko 05ATEX1179X and Leonova only.
Ex certification: I M1/II 1GD T 112°C EEx ia I/IIC T4 Ui: Zener barrier MTL7728+ BAS01ATEX7217 or

28 V, li: 93 mA, Pi: 0.66 W, Ci: 54 nF, Li: any other barrier that conforms
10 µH
CE number: 0470
Transducer type: Piezo-electric accelerometer of compres-
sion type with built-in electronics
ø 6.9 min. 30 M8
Nom. sensitivity, main axis: 10 mV/m/s2 * =100 mV/g
(ø 5.5) (UNF 1/4")
Base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/µ strain typical
min. 10
min. 12
Linear frequency range: 2 Hz to 10 kHz

max. 0.7

Bias voltage: 11 to 13 V (typical 12 V)
Temperature range: –40º to +100º C (–40º to 210º F) Article number Name Thread (t)
Power requirements: 24 V, 2 to 5 mA
SLD 244 S Vibration transducer M8
Connector type: SPM 15168 NEMKO 05ATEX1179X (for
Group II category 1G, see CENELEC SLD 244 S - UNF Vibration transducer UNF 1/4"-28
EN 50284 4.4.1). Not recommended
for Group I. The connector should not
be exposed to flow of non-conductive Cable capacitance: Group IIA max 2.09 µF, Group IIB
media and hazardous electrostatic max 596 nF, Group IIC max 29 nF
charging is avoided.
Cable length: IIC max 100 m (328 ft)
SPM 46105-L /46106-L NEMKO 05AT- (cable capacitance 210 pF/m)
EX1179X (for Group II category 1G,
see CENELEC EN 50284 4.4.1). Recom- * Individual value given on the calibration chart.
meded for Group I .
Sealing: IP 67 together with appropriate Mounting tools
connector 81393 Holder for counterbore
Isolation: Case isolated, > 1 Mohm 81394 Pilot for UNF 1/4"
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf . ft) 81395 Pilot for M8
Weight: 200 grams (7 oz) 81396 Counterbore, diameter 30 mm
Vibration Transducer Interface 15226
None-explosive environment
to transducers protective earth

1
type SLD243B/F 1
or SLD244B/F
2 to measuring units
2
in explosive or instrument
environment
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
mounting screws
ø4
The transducer interface 15226 is a 8 channel interface for

mounting in non-hazardous area and connected to the cer-
tified intrinsically safe vibration transducers SLD243B/F or Explosive Non-explosive
SLD244B/F (Nemko 05ATEX1179). environment environment
The transducer interface separates the intrinsically safe

vibration transducers, which can be installed in potentially
explosive atmosphere, and various SPM vibration measuring to measuring
devices such as Leonova, VCM, VMM/VMR and MG4. The equipment
interface and the measuring devices must be installed in a

non-explosive environment.
The interfaces do not have a complete enclosure and need

to be mounted in a box or cabinet with a degree of protec-
tion appropriate for the environmental conditions but at PIN A PIN B Transducer Interface
least IP20. The intrinsically safe terminals shall be separated + – For use with SPM equipment VCM,
VMM/VMR, MG4 and Leonova only.
from other electrical circuits in the enclosure with at least
50 mm.
Technical data
Certificate of conformity: NEMKO 03 ATEX 186X Output parameters: Uo = 27.15 V
Ex certification: I (M1)/II (1) GD [EEx ia] I/II C Io = 90.5 mA
CE number: 0470 Po = 0.615 W
Um: 250 V Co = 89 nF (IIC)
Channels: 8 Lo = 4.5 mH (IIC)
Transducer type: SLD243B/F, SLD244B/F Lo/Ro = 57.9 μH/Ω (IIC)
Temperature range: –20° to 70° C (68° to 158° F)
Dimensions: 204.5 x 143 x 27.1 mm
Measuring direction
17
ø 27.5
41.5
Cable clamp
9
t
TRV-26: t = M8
ø 15
TRV-27: t = UNF 1/4"- 28
The transducers TRV-26 and TRV-27 are piezo-electric ac-

celerometers of compression type, designed for vibration
monitoring of industrial machinery. Intended for use with SPM 13008
the handheld instruments Tester T30Ex and Analyzer A30Ex
in potentially explosive atmosphere.
The transducer is mounted in a threaded hole on a smooth,
flat surface on the machine. It is delivered with three wash-
ers for adjusting the connector angle. Each washer turns the
transducer 90ϒ. Fix low noise coaxial cable (SPM 90176-L or
90292-L) with TNC connector with a clamp close to the
transducer.
For installations in moist environments, use sealing TNC

cable plugs SPM 13008 to prevent cable corrosion. Installation in moist environments
Technical data
CE number: 0470
ø 6.9 min. 16 M8
Nominal sensitivity, main axis: 10 pC/m/s2 (7-12 pC/m/s2) * (ø 5.5) (UNF
Transverse sensitivity: max. 10% 1/4"-28)
Typical base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/∝ strain
min. 10
min. 12

max. 0.7

Temperature range: 0ϒ C to +50ϒ C
(+32ϒ F to +120ϒ F)
Typical temperature drift: 0.25% / ϒC
Casing: Stainless acid proof steel, To drill the mounting hole, use drill bit 6.9 mm (M8) or 5.5
Sandvik Grade:1802, mm (UNF 1/4"-28). Torque and unscrew the transducer with
EN:1.4523 a torque wrench and a 17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
Design: Sealed
Part Numbers
Connector tightness: IP 65 with TNC connector
TRV-26 Vibration transducer, M 8
IP 67 with conn. SPM 13008
TRV-27 Vibration transducer, UNF 1/4"-28
Weight: 171 grams (6 oz) 13008 Sealing TNC cable plug
Connector type: TNC 81027 Holder for counterbore
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf/ ft) 81057 Counterbore, diam. 20 mm
Vibration Transducer TRV-28/29
Measuring direction
17
ø 27.5
41.5
Cable
clamp
to transducer
interface
9
t
TRV-28: t = M8
ø 15 TRV-29: t = UNF 1/4"- 28
The transducers TRV-28 and TRV-29 are piezo-electric

accelerometers of compression type with built-in pre- Explosive None-explosive
amplifier, designed for vibration monitoring of industrial environment environment
machinery inside the area with potentially explosive atmos-
13008
phere. It must be used together with transducer interface Transducer
interface
SPM 14423, 14424 or 14540 when connected to an external
measuring unit. The transducer interface should always be
mounted in none-explosive environment. The cable length TRV-28/29 max. 50 m
between transducer and measuring unit via the interface is to measuring
max. 50 m. equipment

the machine. The transducers are delivered with three wash-
ers for adjusting the connector angle. Each washer turns the Typical frequency response
transducer 90ϒ. The coaxial cable (SPM 90005-L or 90267-L)
the transducer. In moist environments, use sealing TNC
cable plugs SPM 13008 to prevent cable corrosion.
Technical data
Ex certification: I M1/II 1GD EEx ia I/II C T4
CE number: 0470
Nominal sensitivity, main axis: 3 mV/mm/s * ø 6.9 min. 16 M8
Transverse sensitivity: max. 10% (ø 5.5) (UNF
Typical base strain sensitivity: 0.01 m/s2/∝ strain 1/4"-28)
min. 10
min. 12

max. 0.7
Temperature range: -20ϒ C to +100ϒ C

(-4ϒ F to +210ϒ F)
Sandvik Grade:1802, To drill the mounting hole, use drill bit 6.9 mm (M8) or 5.5
EN:1.4523 mm (UNF 1/4"-28). Torque and unscrew the transducer with
Design: sealed a torque wrench and a 17 mm socket (SPM 81086).
Connector tightness: IP 65 with TNC connector
IP 67 with conn. SPM 13008 Part Numbers
Connector type: TNC TRV-28 Vibration transducer Ex, M 8
TRV-29 Vibration transducer Ex, UNF 1/4"-28
13008 Sealing TNC cable plug
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf · ft) 81027 Holder for counterbore
Cable length: max. 50 m (165 ft) 81057 Counterbore, diam. 20 mm
Vibration Transducer Interface 14424
None-explosive environment
to measuring units
to transducers and instrument
type TRV-28 / 1 1
TRV-29
2 2
in explosive
environment 3 3
4 4
5 5
204
194
6 6
7 7
8 8 power supply
24 V DC
30
mounting screws 144
ø4 160
The transducer interface 14424 is a 8 channel interface Technical data

for mounting in non-hazardous area and connected to the Certificate of conformity: NEMKO 03 ATEX 186X
certified intrinsically safe vibration transducers TRV-28 and
Ex certification: I (M1)/II (1) GD [EEx ia] I/II C
TRV-29. The transducers are connected via coaxial cables
with SMB connectors. CE number: 0470
Um: 250 V
The transducer interface provides a galvanically separated
connection between the intrinsically safe vibration transduc- Channels: 8
er, which can be installed in potentially explosive atmosphere, Transducer type: TRV-28, TRV-29
and various SPM vibration measuring devices. The interface Power supply: 24 V DC
and the measuring devices must be installed in a non-explo-
(±10% according to EN 50082-2)
sive environment. Transducer and interface are connected
to a common equipotential ground circuit. Supply current: max. 40 mA
The transducer measures vibration velocity and outputs a
voltage, nominally 3.3 mV/mm/s. This signal is converted
into three different outputs: mV/m/s2 for Intellinova and
VCM measuring units, μA/mm/s for VMS measuring units, Ordering number / connector type (output signal):
and pC/m/s2 for MG4 and portable instruments. 14424 A: SMB connectors for Intellinova/VCM (mV/m/s2)
and portable instruments (pC/m/s2)
The transducer interface is available in three versions with dif-
ferent connector configuration for the measuring devices. 14424 B: SMB connectors for VMS (μA/mm/s)
The interfaces do not have a complete enclosure and need
14424 C: Screw terminals for Intellinova/VCM (mV/m/s2)
to be mounted in a box or cabinet with a degree of protec-
and VMS (μA/mm/s),
tion appropriate for the environmental conditions but at
SMB for instruments (pC/m/s2)
least IP20.
14424: SMB connectors for MG4 (pC/m/s2)
4-20 mA Vibration Transmitters, Ex
L = Cable length max. 30 m, standard 3 m
The intrinsically safe 4 - 20 mA vibration transmitters are

Hazardous area Safe area
piezo-electric accelerometers of compression type and pro-
vide a 4 - 20 mA output signal proportional to the true RMS White (+)
Transmitter
value of vibration velocity. The transmitters can be connected Barrier Power
to common process control systems (PLC, DCS). Supply
Black (0V)
The transmitters have an integrated cable (shielded, twisted

Screen
pair) for connection to the measuring device. The connec-
tion must be made through a barrier mounted in the non-
hazardous area.
Technical data
Certificate of conformity: Nemko 05ATEX1179 ø 6.9 min. 16 M8
(ø 5.5) (UNF 1/4")
Ex certification: I M1/II 1GD EEx ia I/IIB T4
Barrier: MTL7787 or any approved barrier
with following safety description:
min. 10
min. 12
max. 0.7
U 0=28V DC, I 0=93 mA DC, P 0=0,65W

CE number: 0470
Output signal: 4 to 20 mA
Turn on time: < 60 seconds Article Thread Measuring Frequency
number (t) range range
Transverse sensitivity < 10 % SLD 823 C M8 0 - 25 mm/s 2-1000 Hz
Power requirements: 24 V DC SLD 823 G UNF ¼" 0 - 1 in/s 2-1000 Hz
Loop resistance: R L max. 300 Ω at 24 V DC SLD833 C M8 0 - 25 mm/s 10-1000 Hz
SLD833 G UNF ¼" 0 - 1 in/s 10-1000 Hz
Casing material: stainless acid proof steel
Temperature range: – 40ª to 85° C (– 40º to 185° F) NB: Standard cable length is 3 meters, but optional lengths may be
ordered (ex. SLDXXXX-L where L = length in meters, max.30 m).
Sealing: IP 67
Isolation: case isolated
Mounting tools
Integral cable: shielded twisted pair
Cable length: max. 30 m (98 ft), 81057 Counterbore, diameter 20 mm
standard 3 m (10 ft) 81030 Pilot for UNF 1/4"-28
Torque limit: 10 Nm (7.4 lbf . ft) 81031 Pilot for M8
Weight: 115 grams (4 oz) To drill the mounting hole, use drill bit 6.9 mm (M8) or 5.5
mm (UNF1/4"-28). Torque the transmitter with a 24 mm
torque wrench.

Case Studysf - 71700b

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Case Studysf - 71700b

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Case Studysf - 71700b

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Product Catalogue

2 Continuous Monitoring Systems

4 Shock Pulse Transducers, Adapters and Tools

5 Vibration Transducers and Transmitters

6 Accessories for Remote Monitoring

7 Cables, Connectors and Tools

8 Diagnostic Tools for Maintenance

10 Instruments Approved for Potential Explosive Atmosphere

BC100 15288 15287 15286 EAR12

Ordering numbers Spare parts

Technical data, instrument (Platform) Vibration severity (ISO 2372)

Leonova™ Infinity Platform,

Credit consumption is stated within brackets.

Normalized condition scale

Input: Rpm plus shaft diameter

Evaluation boxes determined by

The features are:

Features of ISO 10816 are:

Two channel simultaneous vibration monitoring is a Technical data

Measurements can also be made with e. g. accelerometers Technical data

number of revolutions is shown. 15326 Set of measuring cables, 3 x BNC - BNC

Measurement programs: Battery charger

Protective cover 15310 is an optional accessory for the Technical specifications

Shock pulse monitoring Current and voltage monitoring

LineLazerII LLB30 and LLB31 are two detector/transmitter Technical specifications

Patent No.: US7301616, SE 0400586-4

CondID® is a contact free memory tag used for measuring

CondID® responds to a recognition signal when an SPM

SPM data loggers automatically receive a communication

EU patent no. 0909430, US patent no. 6499349, 6725723.

EAR-10 and EAR-11 are specially selected earphones, pro-

• lndividually sprung headband wires of stainless sprung

• Low, two-point fasteners and easy height adjustment with

1. Commander Unit INC40 4. Earth rail, DIN 7. Cable inlet PG11

Technical specifications, INS10 Monitoring Units

Terminals: 7 terminal blocks for connection of

1. Sockets for monitoring units 4. Digital inputs

The meas­ur­ing assignments are set up in Cond­master®Nova Part numbers

Orbit analysis is a vibration measurement function offered Orbit analysis

90307 93319 93384 15808 15885

Technical specifications, INO11 Technical specifications, INO12

INO16 is a slim relay of plug-in type mounted in a socket for

Rated carry current: 5A

INO17 is a tachometer sensor interface ideal for connect-

1. It converts signals from proximity probes (Eddy current)

2. When using sensors with high output frequency the 'DIV'

3. When the interface is connected to an open collector

INO17 is intended for DIN rail mounting and is delivered

Machine Guard MG4-1 is a stand-alone measuring unit for Technical specifications

• Upper frequency range 1000 or 2000 Hz Measuring time: Programmable 1 to 15 s

• Modification for vibration transducers without pre- Alarm limits: 2, programmable

Machine Guard MG4-2 is a stand-alone measuring unit for Technical specifications

• Upper frequency range 1000 or 2000 Hz Measuring time: Programmable 1 to 15 s

• Modification for vibration transducers without pre- Alarm limits: 2, programmable

Machine Guard MG4-12 is a stand-alone measuring unit for Technical specifications

Machine Guard MG4-22 is a stand-alone measuring unit for Technical specifications

Machine Guard MG4-REF11 is a measuring unit for conti- Technical specifications

BMM-40 BDM-40 BMM-42 BDM-42 DMM-13/14 DMM-12

45011-L (max.100 m) 46098-L/

The measuring assignments are set up in Condmaster®Nova Part numbers